W«      > 

sit* 


of 

3g 

O  fiQ 

53 


THE  BUTTERFLY  GUIDE 


THE  BUTTERFLY  GUIDE 

A  POCKET  MANUAL  FOR  THE  READY  IDENTIFICATION  OF  THE 
COMMONER  SPECIES  FOUND  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  AND  CANADA 

BY 

W.  J.  HOLLAND,  LL.D. 

Director  of  the  Carnegie  Mu  s,eu  tr. 
Author  of  "The  Butterfly  Book/'  "The  Moth  Book,"  etc. 


With  295  Cclared  f 
Representing  255  Species  and  Varieties 

Garden  City  New  York 

DOUBLEDAY,  PAGE  &  COMPANY 
1920 


BIOLOGY 
RA 
G 


Copyright,  1915,  by 

PAQE  &  COMPANY 


'AH  rightfs  reserved,  including  that  of 
.  tr+rptolfim  into  foreign  languages, 
«  '/«  including  tie  Scandinavian 


To  the 

BOY  SCOUTS  OF  AMERICA 
I  dedicate 
this  Book 

The  Author 


506689 


PREFACE 

RECENT  advances  in  the  arts  make  it  possible  to  illustrate  books  at  much  less 
cost  than  formerly.  An  important  invention  is  the  process  of  printing  in  three 
colors  from  half-tone  plates.  The  author  of  this  manual  was  one  of  the  first  to  use 
this  process  in  illustrating  a  work  upon  the  lepidoptera.  When  "The  Butterfly 
Book"  appeared  he  received  letters  from  many  scientific  friends  expressing  their 
wonder.  Among  those  who  wrote  to  him  was  Dr.  Samuel  Hubbard  Scudder,  the 
Nestor  among  American  lepidopterists,  who  has  since  passed  away.  He  said:  "I 
am  simply  astonished  at  the  fidelity  to  nature  displayed  by  the  plates  in  your  book, 
and  at  the  low  price  at  which  the  new  process  permits  it  to  be  sold." 

That  "The  Butterfly  Book"  met  a  real  need  is  shown  by  the  fact  that  more 
than  thirty  thousand  copies  have  already  found  purchasers.  It  is,  however,  a 
biggish  book.  The  publishers,  Messrs.  Doubleday,  Page  &  Co.,  have  asked  me  to 
get  up  a  little  pocket  manual  of  the  butterflies,  similar  in  form  to  the  "Flower 
Guide,"  which  has  been  most  cordially  received  by  the  public.  I  have  therefore 
prepared  the  following  pages,  to  which  in  the  gracious  phrase  of  our  forefathers  I 
now  "invite  the  attention  of  the  gentle  reader." 

There  are  more  than  six  hundred  species  of  butterflies  found  in  North  America, 


north  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  and  the  Rio  Grande.  Most  of  these  are  figured  in 
"The  Butterfly  Book."  In  this  manual  two  hundred  and  fifty-five  species  and 
varieties  are  depicted  in  their  natural  colors.  They  are  mainly  the  commoner 
forms,  which  occur  in  the  more  densely  inhabited  parts  of  the  United  States  and 
Canada.  I  have,  however,  included  numerous  forms  from  the  Southern  States, 
and  not  a  few  of  the  more  showy  species  from  the  Pacific  Coast. 

In  some  cases  only  half  of  the  insect  is  shown.  "Half  a  loaf  is  better  than  no 
bread."  In  some  cases  only  one  side  of  the  wings  is  delineated.  Usually  this  is 
sufficient  for  identification.  The  inhabitants  of  this  earth  have  never  seen  but  one 
side  of  the  moon,  but  they  know  it  when  they  see  it,  unless  they  be  like  the  tipsy 
pair,  one  of  whom  said  to  the  other,  who  was  leaning  against  a  lamp  post,  "Friend, 
is  that  the  moon,  or  a  lamp?"  and  who  received  the  reply:  "Don't  ask  me,  I'm  a 
stranger  myself  in  these  parts."  By  showing  only  one  half,  or  one  side,  of  a  species 
I  have  been  able  to  illustrate  many  more  than  I  could  otherwise  have  done. 

The  figures  of  some  of  the  larger  species  have  been  slightly  reduced  to  accom- 
modate them  to  the  page,  but  as  the  natural  size  is  always  given  in  the  description 
the  student  need  not  be  perplexed. 

The  author  hopes  that  his  readers  will  have  as  much  pleasure  in  studying  the 
winged  fairies  of  the  woods  and  the  fields  as  he  has  had  in  preparing  this  small 
pocket  guide  for  their  assistance. 

8 


INTRODUCTORY  is1  »„;••<  :'••  •<-.; 

THE   PLACE    OF   BUTTERFLIES   IN   THE   ANIMAL   KINGDOM 

The  Animal  Kingdom  is  divided  Into  various  subkingdoms.  One  of  these  is 
the  subkingdom  of  the  Arthropoda.  This  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek  nouns 
apBpov  (arthron)  meaning  joint,  and  wovs  (pous)  meaning  foot.  The  Arthropoda 
are  animals  the  bodies  of  which  are  made  up  of  a  series  of  rings  or  segments  jointed 
together,  and  the  other  organs  of  which  are  likewise  composed  of  tubular  bodies 
similarly  united.  All  arthropods  are  invertebrates;  that  is  to  say,  they  do  not  have 
backbones  and  internal  skeletons,  such  as  are  possessed  by  fishes,  reptiles,  birds, 
and  mammals,  including  man.  Vertebrate  animals  have  endoskeletons,  "inside 
skeletons."  In  a  ham,  for  instance,  the  bone  is  internal  to  the  muscular  parts, 
or  meat,  and  lies  near  the  middle.  The  muscles  of  a  man  clothe  his  bones.  In  the 
arthropods,  on  the  contrary,  the  hard  parts  clothe  the  muscles.  Arthropods  are 
therefore  said  to  have  exoskeletons,  "outside  skeletons."  The  body,  the  legs,  and 
other  organs  of  an  insect  or  a  crab  consist  of  a  series  of  hollow  tubes  held  together 
\y  flexible  skin  at  the  points  of  union,  and  controlled  in  their  movements  by  muscles 
pull  from  the  inside.  The  meat  of  a  lobster  is  inside  of  the  shell,  or  exo- 

9 


OF  PLATE  A 

Fig.  a.  Magnified  scales  of  butterflies.  1,  ordinary  scale  of  Papilio;  2,  do.  of  Colias;  3 
androconium,  or  scale  from  wing  of  male  Neonympha  eurytus;  4,  do.  of  male  Pieris, 
oleracea;  5,  do.  of  male  Lyccena  pseudargiolus  (Figs.  1-2  after  Verity;  Figs.  3-5 
after  Scudder). 

Fig.  b .   Patch  of  scales  on  wing  of  Pieris  napi  (after  Verity). 
Fig.  c .   Body  of  Anosia  plexippus. 

I.  Head.     1,  antenna;  2,  eye;  3,  proboscis;  4,  palpus;  cl.  clypeus;  o,  occiput. 
II.  Thorax.     5,  prothoracic  leg;  6,  mesothoracic  leg;  7,  metathoracic  leg;  e,  e,  e, 
episterna;  c,  c,  c,  coxse;  tr.,  tr.,  trochanters  of  last  two  legs;  f,  f,  femora  of 
do.;  s,  s,  s,  scuta  of  first,  second,  and  third  segments  of  thorax. 
III.  Abdomsn.     1-9  segments;  sp.,  sp.,  spiracles  (after  Burgess). 
Fig.  d .   Head  and  legs  of  (Eneis  semidea,  showing  aborted  front  leg. 
Fig.  e.   Palpus  of  Arc/ynnis  aphrodite. 

Fig.  f .  Leg  of  Argynnis  idalia.     1,  coxa;  2,  trochanter;  3,  femur;  4,  tibia;  5,  tarsus. 
Fig.  g.   Knobbed  antenna  of  Arpynnis  idalia. 
Fig.  h.   Clubbed  anttnna  of  Basilarchia  astyanax. 
Fig.  i.   Hooked  antenna  ::f  Amblyscirtes  vialis. 

10 


skeleton,  as  everybody  who  Las  eaten  a  lobster  knows.     The  arrangement  is  ex- 
actly the  reverse^of'tb&t  whieK  w$  fujd*iri<the  vertebrates. 

The  suMmgdQnjL'of-.tne>^r]5to/>o<^a,is  divided  into  six  classes,  one  of  which  con- 
sists of  the  Insecta  (insects).  It  is  estimated  that  there  are  three  and  a  half  millions 
of  species  of  insects  upon  the  globe,  not  to  speak  of  the  vast  number  of  species 
which  are  now  extinct,  and  known  only  by  their  fossil  remains. 

,  The  Class  Insecta  is  subdivided  into  many  Orders.  To  attempt  even  to  briefly 
speak  of  all  these  orders  would  take  more  space  than  the  publisher  has  allotted  to 
the  author,  and  it  is  enough  to  say  that  butterflies  belong  to  the  order  Lepidoptera. 
The  lepidoptera  are  divided  into  two  Suborders:  the  Rhopalocera,  or  Butterflies,  and 
the  Heterocera,  or  Moths.  Both  are  characterized  by  having  scaly  wings,  hence 
the  name,  which  is  derived  from  the  Greek  words  Xexis  (lepis)  meaning  scale,  and 
•n-repov  (pteron)  meaning  wing.  Lepidoptera  are  "scale-winged  insects."  Any  one 
who  has  ever  handled  a  butterfly  or  moth,  must  have  noticed  upon  his  fingers  a 
dust-like  substance,  rubbed  off  from  the  wings  of  the  captured  insect.  Upon  ex- 
amining this  substance  under  a  microscope  it  is  seen  to  be  composed  of  minute 
scales  (see  Plate  A,  Fig.  a),  and  upon  looking  at  the  wing  of  a  butterfly  under  a  magni- 
fying glass  it  is  seen  to  be  covered  with  such  scales,  arranged  somewhat  as  the  scales 
upon  the  sides  of  a  fish,  or  as  the  shingles  upon  the  roof  of  a  house  (see  Plate  A,  Fig. 
6\ 

It 


Butterflies  are  mainly  diurnal  in  their  habits,  preferring  the  sunshine.  Moths 
on  the  other  hand  are  nocturnal,  and  fly  in  the  dusk,  or  after  dark.  Butterflies  are 
therefore  often  called  diurnal  lepidoptera,  and  moths  are  spoken  of  as  nocturnal 
lepidoptera.  There  are,  however,  a  few  butterflies  which  fly  at  dusk,  and  there  are 
many  moths  which  are  diurnal  in  their  habits.  Such  moths  are  generally  gay  in 
color,  and  for  the  most  part  inhabit  tropical  countries,  although  we  have  a  few  such 
species  in  the  United  States.  Ordinarily  the  best  way  to  distinguish  between 
butterflies  and  moths  is  by  examining  their  antennae,  or  "feelers,"  as  they  are 
sometimes  incorrectly  called.  In  the  case  of  butterflies  the  antennae  are  thread-like, 
terminating  in  a  small  knob-like,  or  club-like  enlargement.  It  is  this  fact  which  has 
led  naturalists  to  call  thern  Rhopalocera.  The  word  is  derived  from  the  Greek 
nouns  puira\ov  (rhopalon)  meaning  a  club,  and  Ktpas  (keras)  a  horn.  Butterflies  are 
lepidoptera  having  at  the  end  of  their  antennae  clubs,  which  are  sometimes  short,  long, 
or  hooked  (see  Plate  A,  Figs,  g,  h,  i.)  The  forms  assumed  by  the  antennae  of  moths 
are  very  various.  The  moths  are  therefore  known  as  Heterocera,  the  word  being 
compounded  from  the  Greek  adjective  erepos  (all  sorts)  and  the  noun  Kepas  (keras) 
a  horn.  Moths  are  lepidoptera  having  all  sorts  of  antennae,  except  such  as  are  club- 
shaped  at  their  ends.  However  there  is  no  rule  without  its  exceptions,  and  there 
are  a  few  rare  moths  in  tropical  lands  which  have  club-shaped  antennae  like  butter- 
flies, but  none  of  these  occur  in  the  region  with  which  this  book  deals. 

13 


THE   ANATOMY   OF  BUTTERFLIES 

The  body  of  a  butterfly  consists  of  the  head,  the  thorax,  and  the  abdomen 
(see  Plate  A,  Fig.  c). 

The  head  carries  two  relatively  large  eyes,  one  on  either  side.  The  eyes  of 
insects  are  compound,  and  if  examined  under  a  microscope  are  seen  to  have  a  mul- 
titude of  minute  facets,  which  serve  to  gather  the  light  from  all  directions,  so  that 
butterflies  can  look  forward  and  backward,  upward  and  downward,  as  well  as  out- 
ward, all  at  one  time.  Between  the  eyes  on  the  upper  part  of  the  head  arise  the 
antennae,  of  which  we  have  already  spoken.  The  precise  function  of  these  organs 
in  insects  has  been  the  subject  of  much  discussion.  Supposed  by  some  to  be  ears,  by 
others  to  be  the  seat  of  the  sense  of  smell,  by  others  to  combine  within  themselves 
these  two  senses,  and  by  still  others  to  represent  a  sense  which  is  not  possessed 
by  vertebrate  animals,  their  use  in  the  life  of  insects  is  not  yet  clearly  under- 
stood. The  weight  of  evidence  seems  to  be  in  favor  of  the  view  that  they  are  or- 
gans of  smell,  and  it  is  now  quite  firmly  established  by  experiment  that  the  organs 
of  hearing  in  insects  are  represented  by  certain  pores  and  openings  on  their  legs. 
In  front  between  the  eyes  and  below  the  antennae  are  two  little  organs,  each  com- 
posed of  three  joints,  which  are  known  as  the  labial  palpi  (see  Plate  A,  Fig.  e). 
Between  these,  coiled  up  like  a  watch-spring,  is  the  proboscis,  with  which  the  but- 

.14 


ferfly  sucks  up  the  nectar  from  flowers  or  drinks  water  from  moist  places  (see 
Plate  A,  Figs,  c  and  d).  We  have  not  the  space  in  this  little  manual  to  go  more 
deeply  into  the  anatomy  of  these  organs,  but  enough  has  been  said  to  enable  the 
beginner  to  recognize  the  various  parts.  The  student  realizes  that  the  head  in 
general  supports  the  principal  organs  of  sense  and  the  proboscis,  or  mouth. 

The  thorax  carries  the  organs  of  locomotion,  which  consist  of  four  wings  and 
six  feet.  The  thorax  is  made  up  of  three  segments,  or  rings,  the  foremost  of  which 
is  called  the  prothorax,  the  next  the  mesothorax,  and  the  hindmost  the  metathorax. 
The  subdivisions  of  the  thorax  are  not  easily  distinguishable  by  examining  the 
body  of  a  butterfly  even  under  a  microscope,  because  the  bodies  of  butterflies  are 
generally  heavily  clothed  with  hairs  and  scales.  In  order  to  clearly  make  out  the 
subdivisions,  which  we  are  considering,  it  is  necessary  to  take  a  specimen  and  de- 
nude it  of  its  scales  and  hairs,  and  even  dissect  it  under  a  glass.  The  correctness 
of  the  foregoing  statements  then  becomes  apparent. 

The  legs  of  butterflies  are  arranged  in  three  pairs,  the  foremost  of  which  are 
known  as  prothoracic,  being  attached  to  the  prothorax;  the  second  pair  are  called 
mesothoracic,  springing,  as  they  do,  from  the  middle  segment  of  the  thorax;  and  the 
last  are  styled  metathoracic  legs,  rising  from  the  hindmost  segment  of  the  chest 
(see  Plate  A,  Fig.  c).  It  should  be  noted  here  that  in  the  great  family  of  the  Nym- 
phalidce,  or  "Brush-footed  Butterflies,"  in  both  sexes  the  anterior,  or  prothoracio 

15 


pair  of  legs,  are  not  fully  developed,  being  aborted  (see  Plate  A,  Fig.  d)  and  therefore 
do  not  serve  for  walking;  and  that  in  the  families  of  the  Eryrinidce,  or  "Metal- 
marks,"  and  the  Lycoenidce,  or  "Blues  and  Coppers,"  the  females  have  six  legs 
adapted  to  walking,  while  the  males  possess  only  four  ambulatory  legs,  the  front 
pair  being  in  the  latter  sex  aborted  in  these  families,  as  in  the  Nymphalidce.  The 
legs  of  butterflies,  like  those  of  all  other  insects,  consist  of  five  parts  (see  Plate  A, 
Fig.  /)  the  first  of  which,  nearest  the  body,  is  called  the  coxa,  with  which  articulates  a 
small  ring-like  piece,  known  as  the  trochanter.  To  the  trochanter  is  attached  the 
femur,  and  united  with  the  latter,  forming  an  angle  with  it,  is  the  tibia.  The  last 
division  of  the  leg  is  the  tarsus,  or  foot,  composed  of  a  series  of  joints,  to  the  last  of 
which  is  attached  a  pair  of  claws,  which  in  butterflies  are  generally  rather  minute, 
though  in  other  orders  of  insects  these  claws  are  sometimes  long  and  powerful,  this 
being  especially  true  of  some  beetles.  The  prothoracic  legs  of  the  Nymphalidce  and 
of  the  males  of  the  Erycinidce  and  Lyccenidce  have  lost  the  use  of  the  tarsus,  only 
retaining  it  in  feeble  form,  and  the  tibia  has  undergone  modification.  In  many  of 
the  Nymphalidce  the  tibia  is  densely  clothed  with  long  hairs,  giving  this  part  of  the 
leg  the  appearance  of  a  brush,  whence  the  name  "Brush-footed  Butterflies"  (see 
Plate  A,  Fig.  d) .  The  tibiae  are  often  armed  with  more  or  less  strongly  developed 
spines. 

The  most  striking  parts  of  butterflies  are  their  wings,  which  in  proportion  to 

16 


the  size  of  their  bodies  are  usually  very  large,  and  which  are  remarkable  for  the 
beauty  of  the  colors  and  the  markings  which  they  display  both  on  the  upper  and 
on  the  under  side. 

The  wings  consist  of  a  framework  of  horny  tubes  which  are  in  reality  double, 
the  inner  tube  being  filled  with  air,  the  outer  tube  with  blood.  The  blood  of  insects 
is  not,  like  that  of  vertebrates,  red  in  color.  It  is  almost  colorless,  or  at  most 
slightly  stained  with  yellow.  The  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  outer  wall  of  the 
wing-tubes  takes  place  most  freely  during  the  brief  period  in  which  the  insect  is 
expanding  its  wings  after  emergence  from  the  chrysalis,  concerning  which  we  shall 
have  more  to  say  elsewhere.  After  the  wings  of  the  butterfly  have  become  fully 
expanded,  the  circulation  of  the  blood  in  the  wings  ceases  almost  entirely.  The 
horny  tubes,  which  compose  the  framework  of  the  wings  of  butterflies,  support 
between  them  a  delicate  membrane,  to  which  upon  both  the  upper  and  lower  sides 
are  attached  the  scales.  The  two  fore  wings  are  more  or  less  triangular  in  outline; 
the  hind  wings  are  also  subtriangular,  but  are  generally  more  or  less  rounded  on  the 
outer  margin,  and  in  numerous  forms  are  provided  with  tails  or  tail-like  prolonga- 
tions. 

Inasmuch  as  in  describing  butterflies  authors  generally  devote  a  good  deal  of 
attention  to  the  markings  of  the  wings,  it  is  important  for  the  student  to  become 
acquainted  with  the  terms  employed  in  designating  the  different  parts  of  the  wings 


(see  Plate  B,  Fig.  10).  That  part  of  the  wing  which  is  nearest  to  the  thorax,  is 
called  the  base;  the  middle  third  of  the  wing  is  known  as  the  median  or  discal  area; 
the  outer  third  as  the  external  or  limbal  area.  The  anterior  margin  of  the  wing  is 
called  the  costal  margin;  the  outer  edge  is  styled  the  external  margin;  the  inner 
edge  is  known  as  the  inner  margin.  The  tip  of  the  front  wing  is  called  the  apex, 
which  may  be  rounded,  acute,  falcate  (sickle-shaped),  or  square  (see  Plate  B, 
Figs.  1-4).  The  angle  formed  by  the  outer  margin  of  the  front  wing  with  the 
inner  margin  is  commonly  known  as  the  outer  angle.  The  corresponding  angle 
on  the  hind  wing  is  known  as  the  anal  angle,  and  the  point  of  the  hind  wing, 
which  corresponds  with  the  tip  or  apex  of  the  fore  wing,  is  designated  as  the  external 
angle.  The  margins  of  wings  may  have  different  styles  of  outline,  and  are  spoken 
of  as  entire,  crenulate,  scalloped,  waved,  lobed,  or  tailed  (see  Plate  B,  Figs.  5-8). 

A  knowledge  of  the  veins  which  form  the  framework  of  the  wings  is  important, 
because  authors  have  frequently  established  genera  upon  the  basis  of  the  wing 
structure.  It  is  desirable  on  this  account  to  understand  the  nomenclature  which 
has  been  applied  to  the  veins.  This  nomenclature  is  somewhat  variant,  different 
writers  having  employed  different  terms  to  designate  the  same  vein.  In  what  fol- 
lows the  writer  has  adopted  the  designations  which  are  most  current,  and  which  are 
generally  accepted  by  authors.  The  best  understanding  of  this  matter  is  to  be 
derived  from  the  attentive  study  of  the  diagrams  given  on  Plate  B,  Figs,  9  and  10 


The  veins  in  both  tne  lore  and  hind  wings  of  buttermes  may  be  divided  into  simple 
and  compound  veins.  In  the  fore  wing  the  simple  veins  are  the  costal,  the  radials, 
the  submedian,  and  the  internal;  in  the  hind  wing  they  are  the  costal,  the  subcostal, 
the  radials,  the  submedian,  and  the  internal.  The  costal  vein  in  the  hind  wing  is, 
however,  generally  provided  near  the  base  with  a  short  ascending  branch,  which  is 
known  as  the  precostal  vein.  In  addition  to  the  simple  veins  there  are  in  the  fore 
wing  two  branching  veins,  one  immediately  following  the  costal,  known  as  the  sub- 
costal, and  the  other  preceding  the  submedian,  known  as  the  median.  The  branches 
of  these  compound  veins  are  known  as  nervules.  The  median  vein  always  has 
three  nervules.  The  nervules  of  the  subcostal  veins  branch  upwardly  and  out- 
wardly toward  the  costal  margin  and  the  apex  of  the  fore  wing.  There  are  always 
from  four  to  five  subcostal  nervules,  variously  arranged.  In  the  hind  wing  the  sub- 
costal is  simple.  The  median  vein  in  the  hind  wing  has  three  nervules,  as  in  the 
fore  wing.  In  both  wings  between  the  subcostal  and  the  median  veins  toward  the 
base  is  enclosed  the  cell,  which  may  be  either  closed  or  wholly  or  partially  open  at  its 
outer  extremity.  The  veinlets  which  close  the  cell  are  known  as  the  discocellular 
veins,  of  which  there  are- normally  three.  From  the  point  of  union  of  these  disco- 
cellular  veins  go  forth  the  i  adials,  known  respectively  as  upper  and  lower,  though 
the  upper  radial  in  many  genera  is  emitted  from  the  lower  margin  of  the  subcostal 
veiu. 

19 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  B 

Fig.    1.     Angulated  or  acuminate  apex  of  fore  wing  (Grapta). 

Fig.    2.     Falcate  apex  of  fore  wing  (Pyrrharuea). 

Fig.    3.     Square  apex  of  fore  wing  (Smyrna). 

Fig.    4.     Rounded  apex  of  fore  wing  (Euptoietd). 

Fig.    5.     Hind  wing  rounded  at  outer  angle,  twice-tailed  (Thecla). 

Fig.    6.     Hind  wing  crenulate,  tailed,  lobed  at  anal  angle  (Papilio). 

Fig.    7.     Hind  wing  with  outer  margin  entire  (Parnassius). 

Fig.    8.     Hind  wing  with  outer  margin  waved  (Argynnis). 

Fig.    9.     Neuration  of  wings  of  Anosia  plexippus. 

Veins:  C,  costal;  SC,  subcostal;  M,  median;  SM,  submedian;  I,  internal;  PC,  pre- 
costal;  UDC,  upper  discocellular;  MDC,  middle  discocellular;  LDC,  lower 
discocellular;  UR,  upper  radial;  LR,  lower  radial. 
Nervules:  SC  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  first  to  fifth  subcostal  nervules;  M  1,  2,  3,  first  to  third 

median  nervules. 

Pig,  10.     Wing  of  Papilio  turnus,  showing  the  names  given  to  the  different  parts  of  the  wings 
of  butterflies. 


«0 


PLATE  B 
21 


Butterflies  generally  hold  their  wings  erect  when  they  are  at  rest,  with  their 
upper  surfaces  facing  each  other,  and  only  the  under  surfaces  displaying  their 
colors  to  the  eye.  In  the  genus  Ageronia  the  insect  prefers,  like  some  moths,  to 
settle  upon  the  bark  of  trees,  with  the  wings  spread  flat,  and  the  head  pointing 
downward.  Many  of  the  Hesperiidce,  or  "Skippers,"  have  the  habit  when  they 
are  at  rest  of  holding  the  fore  wings  folded  together,  while  the  hind  wings  are  ex- 
panded horizontally.  Many  of  the  butterflies  known  as  "Hair-streaks,"  belonging 
to  the  genus  Thecla  and  its  allies,  have  the  curious  habit,  when  at  rest  upon  the  end 
of  a  twig  or  leaf,  of  moving  their  folded  wings  backward  and  forward,  first  on  one 
side  and  then  on  the  other,  thus  partially  displaying  with  each  movement  the  splen- 
did blue  surfaces  of  the  upper  side  of  the  wings. 

The  abdomen  of  butterflies  consists  normally  of  nine  segments  (see  Plate  A, 
Fig.  c).  In  most  butterflies  except  the  Ithomiids,  the  end  of  the  abdomen  does  not 
extend  beyond  the  anal  angle  of  the  hind  wings.  In  the  moths,  on  the  other  hand, 
there  are  multitudes  of  genera  in  which  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen  extends  far 
beyond  the  hind  margin  of  the  posterior  wings.  This  is  particularly  true  of  the 
hawk-moths.  A  minute  examination  of  the  abdomen  of  a  butterfly  reveals  in 
each  segment  except  the  last  a  little  valve-like  orifice  on  either  side.  These  openings 
are  known  as  spiracles  (see  Plate  A,  Fig.  c).  Through  these  the  insect  breathes. 
Insects  do  not  breathe  through  their  mouths,  like  vertebrates,  and  their  lungs,  or 

22 


what  correspond  to  the  lunge  of  the  higher  animals,  are  not  located  in  the  thorax 
or  chest,  but  in  the  abdomen.  The  last  segment  of  the  abdomen  carries  at  its  ex- 
tremity the  external  organs  of  generation.  The  male  may  be  distinguished  from 
the  female  by  the  so-called  prehensores,  or  "claspers,"  two  flattish,  scale-like  appen- 
dages which  adhere  one  on  either  side  to  the  last  segment  of  the  body.  These 
organs  are  quite  peculiar  in  their  structure,  and  in  recent  years  have  received  a  great 
deal  of  study,  as  it  has  been  found  possible  by  means  of  them  to  distinguish  closely 
allied  species,  especially  among  the  Hesperiidce.  It  is,  however,  not  possible  within 
our  allotted  space  to  go  into  a  minute  discussion  of  this  matter.  The  abdomen  of 
the  female  is  devoid  of  these  appendages,  and  in  this  sex  is  generally  heavier  and 
plumper,  especially  when  the  eggs,  which  fill  the  ovaries,  have  not  as  yet  been  de- 
posited. 

Thus  far  we  have  devoted  our  attention  almost  exclusively  to  the  consideration 
of  the  external  organs  of  the  suborder  of  insects  which  is  under  discussion.  It  may 
be  of  interest  to  devote  a  few  paragraphs  to  the  internal  anatomy  of  butterflies. 
To  do  the  subject  full  justice  would  require  a  volume;  nevertheless  some  general 
statements  may  pave  the  way  for  a  more  studious  inquiry  on  the  part  of  readers. 

Butterflies  take  their  nourishment  in  fluid  form,  principally  from  the  cups 
which  Flora  provides.  The  organ  of  ingestion  is  the  proboscis,  which  communi- 
cates with  a  bulb-like  receptacle  in  the  head,  known  as  the  pharyngeal  sac,  con- 


trolled  by  a  set  of  muscles  which  cause  it  to  alternately  expand  and  contract,  very 
much  like  the  bulb-syringe  used  by  physicians.  When  the  muscles  expand  a  vac- 
uum is  created,  and  the  fluid  is  drawn  up  from  the  honeyed  chalice  of  the  flower 
into  the  receptacle  in  the  head;  when  they  contract,  a  valve  in  front  closes,  a  valve 
behind  opens,  and  the  honey  in  the  receptacle  is  forced  backward  through  the 
oesophagus  into  the  crop,  and  thence  into  the  stomach.  The  stomach  lies  on  the 
ventral  or  under  side  of  the  body,  but  above  the  nervous  cord,  which  lies  still  more 
ventrad.  The  stomach  opens  posteriorly  into  the  small  intestine,  which  is  followed 
by  the  colon,  the  latter  in  turn  being  succeeded  by  the  rectum.  Connected  with 
the  intestines  are  certain  vesicles,  which  are  known  as  Malpighian  vessels,  and  by 
some  are  thought  to  have  the  function  of  the  liver  in  higher  animals. 

Having  thus  briefly  spoken  of  the  nutritive  system  we  may  turn  to  the  circu- 
latory and  respiratory  systems.  The  heart  of  a  butterfly,  as  in  all  arthropods,  lies 
on  the  dorsal  side  of  the  body.  Its  location  corresponds  almost  exactly  to  that 
occupied  in  the  vertebrate  animals  by  the  spinal  cord.  It  is  a  long  tubular  organ. 
It  does  not  possess  chambers — ventricles  and  auricles — such  as  are  discovered  in 
the  heart  of  vertebrates,  but  it  has  an  enlargement  in  the  mesothoracic  region  known 
as  the  aortal  chamber.  The  movement  of  the  heart  is  wave-like,  analogous  to  the 
peristaltic  movement  in  the  intestines  of  the  vertebrates .  From  the  heart  there  go 
out  lateral  blood-vessels,  which  ramify  and  intermingle  with  the  capillary  extremi- 

24 


ties  of  the  trache-1*  <or  bronchial  tubes,  through  which  air  is  imported  by  way  of 
the  spiracles,  and  thus  the  blood  is  purified  in  a  manner  quite  analogous  to  that  in 
which  the  blood  of  the  higher  vertebrates  is  purified  and  freed  from  waste  matter 
by  oxydization.  The  process  is,  however,  as  has  already  been  pointed  out,  mainly 
carried  on  in  the  abdominal  region,  and  not  exclusively  in  the  thorax,  as  in  the  case 
of  vertebrates. 

The  nervous  system  of  butterflies  consists  of  a  cord  with  ganglia,  or  nerve-knots, 
one  for  each  segment  of  the  body.  As  there  are  thirteen  segments  in  the  body  of  a 
butterfly,  there  are  normally  thirteen  such  ganglia,  or  nerve  centres.  The  nervous 
cord  lies  in  a  position  exactly  opposite  to  that  which  is  held  by  the  spinal  cord  in 
vertebrates.  It  is  situated  on  the  ventral  side  of  the  body,  and  more  ventrad  than 
all  the  other  internal  organs.  The  ganglion  in  the  head  is  the  largest  of  all  and 
forms  a  rudimentary  brain,  the  greater  portion  of  which  consists  of  two  relatively 
large  optic  nerves. 

The  internal  organs  of  reproduction  in  the  female  consist  of  the  ovaries,  from 
which  the  eggs  pass  by  way  of  the  oviduct  to  the  ovipositor,  which  in  butterflies  is 
not  so  conspicuous  or  remarkable  an  organ  as  is  the  case  in  many  other  insects. 
Communicating  with  the  oviduct  are  the  spermatothecae,  which  are  receptacles  in 
which  is  retained  the  fertilizing  fluid  received  from  the  male  at  the  time  of  coition. 
As  the  eggs,  one  by  one,  are  passed  from  the  ovaries  into  the  oviduct,  they  are  im- 


pregnated  through  absorption  of  the  spermatozoa,  which  enter  their  walls,  imparting 
to  them  vitality.  The  internal  organs  of  the  male  are  tubular  vesicles,  or  testes, 
which  secrete  the  seminal  fluid,  which  by  means  of  the  intromittent  organ  is  intro- 
duced into  the  spermatothecse  of  the  female.  Union  between  the  sexes  among 
insects  generally  takes  place  but  once,  and  is  not  recurrent.  The  female,  having 
been  impregnated,  proceeds  at  once  to  lay  her  eggs  upon  the  tender  leaves  or  the 
bark  of  the  plants  upon  which  her  progeny  are  to  be  nourished,  and  then  promptly 
dies.  The  life  of  insects  in  the  winged  form  is  usually  very  brief.  Inasmuch  as 
there  are  great  differences  between  the  sexes  in  insects  alike  in  size,  form,  color,  and 
markings,  it  is  well  for  the  collector  to  carefully  preserve  specimens  which  may  be 
captured  in  copulation.  Such  specimens  should  be  designated  as  "Taken  in  coitu." 
The  writer  in  such  cases  uses  the  formula  "A  c?  in  coitu  with  B  9  ,"  which  is  put  in 
minute  handwriting  upon  a  label  and  placed  upon  the  pin  bearing  the  male  insect. 
Upon  the  pin  carrying  the  female  insect  there  is  put  the  label  "B  9  in  coitu  with 
Ac?1."  The  finding  of  insects  in  copula  is  sometimes  the  only  way  in  which  to  def- 
initely settle  the  question  of  sexual  relationship  between  forms.  So  different  are 
some  insects  that  the  two  sexes  have  in  a  number  of  cases  been  described  by  early 
writers  as  belonging  not  merely  to  different  species,  but  to  different  genera,  and 
even  families. 

26 


THE   LIFE   HISTORY   OF   BUTTERFLIES 

Almost  all  insects  undergo  great  changes,  or  metamorphoses,  during  their 
existence.  Butterflies  furnish  no  exception  to  this  statement.  They  exist  first 
as  eggs;  then  they  appear  as  caterpillars;  the  third  stage  is  that  of  the  chrysalis;  the 
final  stage  is  that  of  the  imago,  or  perfectly  developed  insect 

THE    EGGS    OF   BUTTERFLIES 

The  eggs  of  butterflies  are  beautiful  objects  when  examined  under  a  glass. 
They  have  various  forms.  Some  are  spheres  or  half  spheres,  some  are  conical,  cylin- 
drical or  spindle-shaped,  others  are  flat  and  resemble  little  cheeses,  and  still  others 
have  the  form  of  turbans.  There  is  endless  variety  of  form  displayed  within  certain 
limits.  Their  surfaces  may  be  quite  smooth  or  they  may  be  adorned  with  raised 
ribs  and  sculpturings  (see  Plate  C,  Figs.  /  and  g]  or  marked  with  little  pittings  or 
depressions  arranged  in  geometrical  patterns.  They  vary  in  color.  Some  are 
white,  some  pale  green,  or  blue-green;  others  are  yellow,  orange,  red,  or  purple. 
They  are  often  spotted  and  marbled  like  the  eggs  of  some  birds. 

The  eggs  of  butterflies  are  deposited  by  the  female  upon  the  plants  which  are 
appropriate  to  the  development  of  the  larvae.  Caterpillars  are  very  rarely  promis- 

27 


cuous  feeders,  and  most  species  are  restricted  to  certain  species  or  genera  of  plants. 
Even  when  they  feed  upon  different  plants,  observation  shows  that,  having  begun 
to  feed  upon  a  certain  plant,  they  prefer  this  to  all  others,  and  do  not  willingly  ac- 
cept anything  else.  I  have  noticed  frequently  that  larvse  which  may  for  instance 
feed  in  nature  upon  the  wild  plum  or  the  lilac,  having  begun  to  feed  upon  the  one 
will  steadily  refuse  the  other  if  offered  to  them.  On  several  occasions  I  have  lost 
broods  of  caterpillars  by  attempting  to  change  their  diet,  though  knowing  well  that 
the  species  is  found  feeding  in  nature  upon  the  plants  which  I  have  offered  to  them. 
Almost  every  plant  has  a  butterfly  or  moth  which  is  partial  to  it,  and  one  of  the 
most  wonderful  things  in  nature  is  the  way  in  which  the  female  butterfly,  without 
having  received  a  botanical  education,  is  able  to  select  the  plant  which  will  best 
meet  the  needs  of  her  progeny,  which  she  never  lives  to  see. 

The  eggs  are  deposited  sometimes  singly,  sometimes  in  small  clusters,  sometimes 
in  a  mass.  Fertile  eggs,  soon  after  they  have  been  laid,  undergo  a  change  in  color, 
and  it  is  then  possible  with  a  magnifying  glass  to  see  through  the  thin  shell  the  form 
of  the  caterpillar  which  is  being  developed  within. 

When  the  development  is  completed  the  caterpillar  emerges  either  from  an 
opening  at  the  side  or  at  the  top  of  the  egg.  Many  species  have  eggs  provided  with 
a  sort  of  lid,  a  portion  of  the  shell  being  separated  from  the  remainder  by  a  thin 
section,  which  finally  breaks  under  the  pressure  of  the  enlarging  embryo  within, 

28 


this  portion  flying  off,  the  rest  adhering  to  the  twig  or  leaf  upon  which  it  has  been 
placed.  Many  larvae  have  the  habit,  as  soon  as  they  have  emerged  from  the  egg, 
of  making  their  first  meal  upon  the  shell  from  which  they  have  just  escaped. 

CATEitFlLLARS 

The  second  stage  in  which  the  insects  we  are  studying  exist  is  known  as  the 
larval  stage.  When  it  is  reached  the  insect  is  spoken  of  as  a  larva,  or  caterpillar 
(see  Plate  C,  Fig.  K).  Caterpillars  have  long,  worm-like  bodies,  wrhich  are  often 
thickest  about  the  middle,  tapering  before  and  behind,  and  more  or  less  flattened  on 
the  under  side.  Sometimes  caterpillars  ctre  oval  or  slug-shaped.  Very  frequently 
their  bodies  are  adorned  with  hairs,  spines,  and  tubercles  of  various  forms.  The 
body  of  the  larva,  like  the  body  of  the  butterfly,  consists  normally  of  thirteen  rings 
or  segments,  of  which  the  three  foremost,  just  behind  the  head,  correspond  to  the 
prothorax,  the  mesothorax,  and  the  metathorax  of  the  perfect  insect,  while  the  re- 
maining nine  correspond  to  the  abdomen  of  the  imago.  These  three  anterior  seg- 
ments bear  legs,  which  correspond  to  the  legs  of  the  winged  form  in  their  location, 
and  are  known  as  the  true  legs  of  the  larva.  Besides  these  the  caterpillar  has  about 
the  middle  of  the  body  and  at  its  posterior  end  paired  pro-legs,  as  they  are  called, 
which  are  its  principal  organs  of  locomotion  in  this  stage,  but  which  do  not  reappear 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  C 

Fig.  a .     Caterpillar  of  Anosia  plexippu»  ready  to  change  into  a  chrysalis. 

Fig.  b.      Do.  after  having  partly  shed  its  skin. 

Fig.  c.     Do.  holding  itself  suspended  in  the  air  by  grasping  the  shed  skin  between  the  ^:i~^ 

of  the  third  and  fourth  abdominal  segments,  and  feeling  about  with  the  crcmasuJi: 

for  the  button  of  silk  above. 

Fig.  d .     Do.  after  having  caught  the  button  and  assumed  its  final  form  as  a  chrysalis. 
Fig.  e .      Chrysalis  of  Papilio  philenor,  held  by  button  and  girdle  of  silk. 
Fig.  f .     Egg  of  Basilarchia  disippus,  greatly  magnified. 
Fig.  g.     Egg  of  Anosia  plexippus,  greatly  magnified. 
Fig.  h .     Caterpillar  of  Basilarchia  disippus. 

(All  the  figures  are  after  Riley.) 


30 


PLATE  C 


in  the  butterfly.  The  mouth  parts  of  caterpillars  are  profoundly  different  from 
those  of  the  butterfly.  The  imago  lives,  as  we  have  seen,  upon  fluid  nourishment, 
and  therefore  is  provided  with  a  sucking  organ,  the  proboscis.  The  caterpillar,  on 
the  other  hand,  is  armed  with  a  pair  of  cutting  mandibles,  with  which  it  shears  off 
tiny  strips  of  the  leaves  upon  which  it  feeci«.  It  holds  the  edge  of  the  leaf  in  place 
with  the  three  pairs  of  true  legs,  while  it  su»uorts  its  body  upon  the  pro-legs  during 
the  act  of  eating. 

When  the  caterpillar  emerges  from  the  egg  the  head  is  in  many  cases  seen  to  be 
very  large  in  proportion  to  the  rest  of  th<*  ^dy.  This  relative  disparity  soon  dis- 
appears, however,  as  growth  takes  place-  As  the  larva  increases  in  size,  it  soon 
reaches  a  point  at  which  the  skin  in  which  *t  made  its  appearance  in  the  world  be- 
comes too  small  and  tight  for  further  coF^rt  and  use.  Thereupon  it  proceeds  to 
moult,  or  shed,  this  now  uncomfortable  gj«-raent.  The  skin  splits  along  the  back 
and  the  caterpillar  crawls  out  of  it.  Before  moulting  the  caterpillar  always  takes 
the  precaution  to  attach  this  outer  skin  hy  strands  of  silk  to  the  leaf  or  branch 
upon  which  the  moult  is  to  take  place,  having  escaped  from  the  cast-off  garment, 
the  caterpillar  sometimes  turns  around  and  eats  it  before  resuming  its  vegetable 
diet.  The  process  of  moulting  takes  pi— ~«  four  or  five  times  before  the  larva 
changes  into  a  chrysalis. 

Caterpillars  differ  entirely  from  butterflies  in  that  they  are  able  to  produce 


silk.  Silk  is  a  viscouy  fluid  secreted  by  elongated  ^acs  located  in  the  dorsal  region. 
These  sacs  communicate  with  a  minute  tube-like  organ,  known  as  the  spinneret, 
which  is  located  on  the  under  side  of  the  head  of  the  caterpillar,  just  back  of  the 
mandibles.  The  fluid  silk,  as  it  is  ejected  through  the  spinneret,  immediately 
hardens  on  contact  with  the  air  and  is  deposited  in  the  form  of  very  fine  threads  or 
filaments  which  the  caterpillar  uses  for  various  purposes,  sometimes  as  lines  with 
which  to  guide  itself  from  place  to  place  and  enable  it  to  retrace  its  steps  to  its 
favorite  resting-place,  sometimes  to  tie  together  the  leaves  in  which  it  forms  its  nest, 
or  to  weave  a  sort  of  shelter  in  which  it  conceals  itself,  and  finally  to  make  the  little 
buttons  and  the  girdles  by  which,  as  we  shall  see  later,  the  chrysalis  is  held  in 
place.  Many  moths  weave  from  silk  compact  structures  known  as  cocoons,  in 
which  the  chrysalis  is  lodged.  Butterflies  do  not  weave  true  cocoons. 

The  time  spent  by  the  insect  in  the  egg  is  generally  short.  The  time  passed  in 
the  larval  state  may  be  short  or  long.  When  butterflies  hibernate,  or  pass  the 
winter,  as  caterpillars,  the  time  spent  in  this  state  is  long,  and  especially  in  the  case 
of  those  species  which  inhabit  arctic  regions.  There  are  some  butterflies  which 
occur  north  of  the  Arctic  Circle,  and  we  have  ascertained  that  these,  because  the 
summers  are  so  short  in  the  far  north,  pass  two  summers  and  the  intervening  winter 
in  the  larval  condition,  and  another  winter  in  the  pupal  stage,  before  they  emerge 
and  take  wing.  On  the  other  hand,  under  more  temperate  conditions  butterflies  of 


certain  species  may  produce  two  or  even  three  broods  in  a  summer,  and  in  sub- 
tropical or  tropical  lands  there  may  be  even  more  broods  produced. 

While  it  is  true  that  almost  all  the  larvae  of  lepidoptera  subsist  upon  vegetable 
food,  there  are  nevertheless  exceptions,  one  of  which  is  that  of  the  Harvester, 
Feniseca  tarqyinius  (see  Plate  LXXXVIII,  Fig.  1),  the  slug-like  larva  of  which  feeds 
upon  scale-insects,  or  mealy  bugs,  sharing  the  habit  with  certain  allied  species 
which  occur  in  Africa  and  Asia,  as  the  writer  has  had  occasion  to  point  out  a  num- 
ber of  years  ago  in  certain  of  his  writings. 

THE   PUPA,    OR   CHRYSALIS 

The  third  stage  in  the  life  of  lepidoptera  is  known  as  the  pupal  stage.  The 
caterpillar,  having  undergone  successive  moults  and  reached  maturity,  is  trans- 
formed into  a  pupa,  or  chrysalis  (see  Plate  C,  Figs,  d  and  e).  From  having  been 
an  active,  worm-like  creature,  greedily  feeding  upon  its  appropriate  food,  it  reverts 
to  a  form  which  is  stationary,  as  was  the  egg,  and  ceases  to  have  the  power  of  loco- 
motion. An  examination  of  the  structure  of  all  chrysalids  shows  that  they  contain 
an  immature  butterfly.  The  segments  of  the  chrysalids  enclose  the  corresponding 
segments  of  the  body  of  the  butterfly,  and  in  sheathing  plates  of  chitinous  matter 
are  enfolded  the  wings  and  all  the  other  organs  which  are  necessary  to  the  life  of 

34 


the  butterfly  when  it  shall  have  emerged  and  taken  wing.  The  act  of  transforma- 
tion from  the  caterpillar  stage  to  the  pupal  stage  is  very  wonderful.  The  caterpillar 
makes  provision  for  the  great  change  by  weaving  a  little  button  of  silk  and,  in  the 
case  of  many  of  those  larvae,  the  chrysalids  of  which  are  not  pendant,  by  also  weav- 
ing a  little  girdle  of  silk,  which  it  passes  around  its  back,  and  which  holds  it  in  place 
very  much  as  an  Indian  baby  is  held  by  the  strap  which  passes  over  the  shoulders 
of  the  squaw  (see  Plate  C,  Fig.  e).  Having  made  these  preliminary  arrange- 
ments the  caterpillar  becomes  very  quiet,  its  hind  pro-legs  being  securely  hooked 
and  tangled  into  the  silken  button  to  which  it  is  attached.  After  a  while,  when  the 
proper  moment  has  arrived,  the  skin  of  the  caterpillar  splits,  just  as  in  the  moults 
which  preceded,  and  by  a  series  of  wriggling  or  vibratory  motions  the  chrysalis 
succeeds  in  working  off  the  skin  of  the  caterpillar  until  it  has  all  been  shed  except 
where  near  the  end  of  the  abdomen  the  skin  is  caught  between  the  edges  of  two  of 
the  horny  rings  which  form  the  abdomen.  Then  the  insect  with  the  cremaster,  as 
it  is  called,  a  little  spikelet  at  the  very  tip  of  the  chrysalis,  which  is  armed  with 
small  hooks,  proceeds  to  feel  about  until  these  hooks  become  entangled  in  the  silk 
of  the  button  which  has  been  provided  on  the  under  surface  of  the  twig,  the  stone, 
or  the  fence  rail,  where  the  transformation  is  occurring.  As  soon  as  the  chrysalis 
is  securely  hooked  into  the  button  of  silk  it  lets  go  of  the  little  section  of  the  skin 
by  which  it  has  been  supported  and  rapidly  assumes  the  shape  in  which  it  will  re- 

35 


main  until  the  time  of  its  emergence  as  a  butterfly.  These  changes  are  illustrated  on 
Plate  C,  Figs  a-d,  which  are  reproduced  from  "  The  Butterfly  Book  "  after  the  draw- 
ings of  the  late  Prof.  C.  V.  Riley.  The  chrysalids  of  all  the  Nymphalidse  are 
pendant;  those  of  the  other  families,  except  the  Hesperiidse,  are  provided  with 
girdles,  as  is  shown  on  Plate  C,  in  the  figures  which  represent  the  chrysalis  of 
Papilio  philenor.  The  chrysalids  of  the  Hesperiidse,  like  the  chrysalids  of  moths, 
are  either  formed  in  loosely  woven  coverings  of  leaves  tacked  together  with  silken 
threads,  or  lie  free  under  leaves  and  rubbish  upon  the  ground,  thus  resembling  the 
chrysalids  of  moths. 

Chrysalids  are  for  the  most  part  rather  obscure  in  coloring,  though  some  are 
quite  brilliantly  marked  with  metallic  spots  as  in  the  case  of  the  common  Milk- 
weed Butterfly,  Anosia  plexippus,  the  chrysalis  of  which  is  pearly  green  in  color, 
ornamented  with  bright  golden  spots. 

The  forms  assumed  by  chrysalids  are  very  various,  especially  among  the 
Nyrnphalidse,  and  they  are  often  ornamented  with  curious  projections  and  tubercles, 
imparting  to  them  very  odd  outlines. 

Some  butterflies  remain  in  the  chrysalis  stage  for  only  a  few  days  or  weeks 
others  pass  the  winter  in  this  state,  and  this  is  true  of  many  of  the  species  which 
are  found  in  the  colder  parts  of  North  America.  In  temperate  regions  some  butter- 
flies have  as  many  as  three  broods :  the  spring  brood,  which  comes  forth  from  chrys- 

36 


alids  which  have  over- wintered,  an  early  summer  brood,  and  a  fall  brood.  In 
tropical  countries  many  species  retain  the  form  of  the  chrysalis  during  the  dry 
season,  and  emerge  upon  the  wing  at  the  beginning  of  the  rainy  season,  when  vege- 
tation is  refreshed  and  new  and  tender  growths  take  place  in  the  forests. 

THE   IMAGO,    OR   WINGED    INSECT 

We  have  already  spoken  at  length  of  the  form  and  structure  of  butterflies  in 
the  preceding  paragraphs,  which  were  devoted  to  the  anatomy  of  butterflies.  It 
remains  for  us  at  this  point  to  call  attention  to  the  manner  in  which  the  butterfly 
undergoes  transformation  from  the  chrysalis.  This  change  is  quite  as  interesting 
as  that  which  takes  place  when  the  caterpillar  is  transformed  into  the  pupa;  and 
should  any  of  my  readers  possess  chrysalids  I  would  advise  them  to  watch  carefully 
and  observe  the  curious  events  which  follow  one  another  rapidly  when  the  imago 
comes  forth  from  the  cerements  of  the  chrysalis.  The  coverings  which  ensheathe 
the  head,  the  legs,  and  the  antennae  split,  the  head  protrudes,  the  fore  legs  are  dis- 
entangled and  are  thrown  forth,  followed  almost  at  once  by  the  other  legs,  and  the 
insect  proceeds  to  crawl  out  from  the  pupal  skin,  emerging  with  the  wings  as  minia- 
ture objects,  the  body  trailing  after  as  a  long  worm-like  mass.  Having  liberated 
itself  from  the  shea  things  of  the  chrysalis,  the  insect  immediately  assumes  a  sta- 

37 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  D 

Fig.  L.     Illustration  showing  the  way  to  disable  a  butterfly  in  the  net  by  gently  pinching 

the  body  where  the  wings  come  together. 
Fig.  2.     A  butterfly  net. 
Fig.  3.     a,  hoop  made  of  wire,  the  shanks  tied  together;  6,  ferrule,  plugged  at  c  with  a  piece 

of  cork;  the  shanks  having  been  put  into  the  top  of  the  ferrule,  melted  solder  is 

poured  into  the  top,  and  a  good  net-ring  is  made. 
Fig.  4 .     Piece  of  paper  used  to  cover  cyanide  at  bottom  of  jar. 
Fig.  5 .     Collecting  jar,  with  lumps  of  cyanide  and  sawdust  at  bottom,  covered  by  paper,  as 

shown  in  Fig.  4. 
Fig.  6.     Expanding  block,  used  to  expand  and  mount  insects,  the  wings  of  which  have  a 

tendency  to  droop  or  sink  down. 
Hg.  7.     Expanding  block,  used  to  mount  insects,  the  wings  cf  which  have  a  tendency  to 

rise  up  or  close 


38 


PLATE  D 


tionary  position,  head  upward,  body  hanging  downward.  Then  by  the  action  of 
the  heart  the  fluids  which  fill  the  body  begin  to  be  rapidly  sent  into  circulation, 
more  particularly  into  the  wings,  which  expand  second  after  second,  minute  after 
minute,  the  fluids  in  the  body  being  transferred  through  the  circulatory  system  of 
the  wings  until  the  latter,  hanging  downward,  have  assumed  their  full  form.  The 
insect  then  begins  gently  to  move  its  wings,  to  fan  them,  still  remaining  in  the 
position  which  it  first  took.  After  a  while  the  wings  become  perfectly  dry,  and  the 
long  worm-like  body  has  shrunk  up  and  has  assumed  the  form  which  it  will  retain 
through  the  subsequent  life  of  the  insect.  Madame  Butterfly  then  begins  to 
change  her  position.  She  carefully  crawls  a  few  steps  to  try  her  powers  of  locomo- 
tion. She  suddenly  expands  her  wings,  and,  presto !  if  you  alarm  her,  she  is  off, 
fluttering  about  the  cage  in  which  you  may  have  her,  or  darting  forth  into  the 
room  and  through  the  open  window,  hieing  herself  forth  in  quest  of  food,  which 
awaits  her  in  the  honeyed  cups  of  the  wild  flowers. 

COLLECTING   BUTTERFLIES 

In  collecting  butterflies  the  first  thing  is  to  get  a  net  of  some  kind  with  which 
to  catch  the  insects  without  tearing  their  delicate  wings,  and  thus  robbing  them 
of  their  beauty  (see  Plate  D,  Figs.  1  and  2).  When  I  was  a  boy  I  made  my  own  nets. 

40 


1  took  a  stick  of  tough  wood  about  four  feet  long,  which  was  to  serve  as  the  handle. 
About  seven  or  eight  inches  from  the  upper  end  I  wrapped  it  with  copper  wire; 
fishing  line  will  do  as  well.  Then  I  split  the  stick  down  to  the  band  I  had  made 
around  it.  I  then  with  my  knife  trimmed  the  two  split  portions  on  their  inner  sides, 
so  that  they  might  be  more  flexible.  I  then  fashioned  out  of  a  piece  of  good  green 
hickory  (the  white  outer  wood  must  be  used)  a  bow  or  hoop  about  twelve  inches 
wide  at  its  widest  part,  and  fitting  this  between  the  split  ends  of  the  stick  put  in  a 
wedge  at  the  bottom  of  the  cleft  to  keep  the  split  ends  well  apart  and  tied  it  neatly 
and  securely  in  place.  Upon  the  frame  made  in  this  way  I  put  a  covering  of  green 
mosquito  netting  in  the  form  of  a  long  bag.  Many  a  fine  insect  I  captured  with 
this  simple  device,  which  called  only  for  a  good  jack-knife,  a  little  ingenuity,  ordi- 
nary skill  in  whittling,  and  a  supply  of  stout  string.  The  cheapest  and  simplest  way 
to  make  the  frame  for  a  net  is  to  take  a  long  piece  of  brass,  aluminium,  or  galvanized 
iron  wire  about  an  eighth  of  an  inch  in  diameter  and  bend  it  into  a  circle,  leaving 
two  short  shanks  at  the  end.  Then  fit  the  shanks  into  the  top  of  the  ferrule  of  a 
fishing-rod  plugged  in  the  middle  with  a  thin  piece  of  cork  or  with  clay,  and  pour 
in  melted  solder.  Plate  D,  Fig.  3  shows  how  the  "trick"  is  done. 

There  are  many  devices  for  making  frames  for  folding  nets,  and  there  are  a 
number  of  dealers  in  the  United  States  who  supply  such  nets  at  moderate  prices. 
The  material  for  the  bag  of  the  net  ought  to  be  of  light  stuff,  and  I  prefer  to  use 

41 


tarletan,  preferably  green  in  color,  or  bobbinet.  The  latter  is  more  durable  though 
somewhat  heavier  than  tarletan.  The  bag  of  the  net  ought  to  be  about  three  times 
as  long  as  the  diameter  of  the  ring  upon  which  it  is  placed.  It  is  well,  after  the  net 
has  been  sewed  upon  the  ring,  to  cover  it  with  a  band  of  stout  dark-colored  muslin, 
as  otherwise  the  edge  of  the  bag  surrounding  the  ring  is  apt  to  become  speedily 
worn  and  torn. 

The  collector  having  provided  himself  with  a  net  for  capturing  insects  must 
also  provide  himself  with  one  or  more  collecting  jars.  It  is  well  to  have  several  of 
these  of  a  size  convenient  for  carrying  in  the  pockets.  For  large  specimens  a  larger 
jar  is  required;  for  small  specimens  a  smaller  receptacle  is  better.  The  larger  jar 
should  have  the  mouth  about  two  and  one  half  or  three  inches  in  diameter.  Wide- 
mouthed  glass  phials  an  inch  and  a  half  in  diameter  serve  best  for  the  smaller  re- 
ceptacles. The  stopper  of  the  larger  jar  should  be  of  ground  glass,  of  the  smaller 
jar  of  good  cork.  Jelly  tumblers  or  glasses  with  tin  tops  make  good  collecting  jars. 
In  preparing  the  jar  for  use  place  a  few  lumps  of  cyanide  of  potash  about  the  size 
of  a  filbert  at  the  bottom;  then  put  in  a  little  clean  sawdust  to  keep  the  pieces  of 
cyanide  from  rattling  about;  over  the  lumps  of  cyanide  paste  a  sheet  of  strong  white 
paper  perforated  with  a  multitude  of  holes.  In  doing  this  the  writer  has  resorted 
to  a  simple  method,  which  is  explained  in  the  diagram  on  Plate  D,  Fig.  4.  A  piece 
of  paper  is  placed  under  the  jar  and  a  circle  the  size  of  the  inside  of  the  jar  is  traced 

42 


upon  it.  Then  a  disk  is  cut  out  about  three  quarters  of  an  inch  greater  in  diameter 
than  the  original  circle.  The  paper  is  punctured  over  the  entire  surface  included 
within  the  inner  line,  and  then  with  scissors  little  gashes  are  made  from  the  outer 
circumference  inward,  so  as  to  permit  of  folding  the  edge  of  the  disk  inwardly.  A 
little  gum  tragacanth,  or  paste,  is  then  applied  to  these  upturned  edges,  the  disk  is 
then  inserted  into  the  jar  and  pasted  securely  over  the  cyanide  by  means  of  the  up- 
turned flaps.  A  jar  thus  charged  will  last  for  a  long  time  if  kept  stoppered  when 
not  in  use.  Cyanide  has  a  tendency  to  liquefy  in  the  presence  of  moisture,  and  it 
is  well  therefore  to  take  care  to  keep  the  jar  closed  when  not  in  use.  It  must,  how- 
ever, be  borne  in  mind  that  the  fumes  of  hydrocyanic  acid  (prussic  acid),  which 
are  active  in  producing  the  death  of  the  insect,  will  not  be  given  off  in  sufficient 
volume  unless  there  is  a  small  amount  of  moisture  in  the  jar,  and  in  very  dry  cli- 
mates the  writer  has  sometimes  found  it  necessary  to  moisten  the  bottom  of  the  jar 
with  a  drop  or  two  of  water.  Jars  also  may  be  charged  with  lumps  of  carbonate 
of  ammonia,  but  as  this  substance  bleaches  the  wings  of  insects,  especially  those 
which  are  green  in  color,  its  use  is  not  strongly  recommended.  Figure  5  on  Plate 
D  shows  a  jar  prepared  for  use. 

When  a  butterfly  has  been  caught  in  the  net  it  is  apt  to  flutter  about  and 
struggle  violently,  thus  injuring  its  wings.  It  is  well  therefore  as  soon  as  the  in- 
sect has  been  captured  to  take  hold  of  it  at  the  point  where  the  wings  join  the  body. 

13 


while  it  is  stiil  in  the  net,  and  by  gently  pinching  the  thorax  to  disable  the  insect. 
The  fingers  are  applied  from  the  outside,  as  shown  in  the  illustration  (see  Plate  D,  Fig. 
1 ) .  Then  the  collector,  unstoppering  his  jar,  inserts  it  into  the  net  and  allows  the  but- 
terfly to  drop  into  the  jar.  Butterflies  belonging  to  the  family  of  the  Hesperiidce,  or 
"skippers,"  are  best  captured  in  the  net  by  holding  up  the  end  of  the  bag.  The 
insects  will  then  fly  upward  and  settle  near  the  top  of  the  bag.  The  collector  puts 
the  open  jar  with  his  right  hand  into  the  ring  of  the  net  and  holding  the  bag  with 
the  left  hand  brings  the  jar  under  the  butterfly,  and  then  claps  his  left  hand  over 
the  mouth  of  the  jar,  thus  securing  the  insect  in  the  jar,  where  after  a  couple  of 
seconds  it  will  be  stunned  by  the  fumes  and  fall  to  the  bottom.  Death  is  speedy, 
but  not  instantaneous,  and  the  insect  should  be  allowed  to  remain  a  little  while  in 
the  jar.  Having  been  asphyxiated  by  the  fumes  of  the  jar,  the  insect  may  then  be 
removed  and  either  mounted  upon  a  pin  and  transferred  to  a  collecting  box,  which 
will  presently  be  described,  or  put  into  an  envelope.  It  is  well  not  to  accumulate 
too  many  insects  in  the  collecting  jar,  as  those  which  are  caught  later  will  injure 
in  their  struggles  those  which  have  been  caught  first.  I  make  it  a  rule  to  rapidly 
transfer  the  insects  from  the  collecting  jars  to  the  collecting  boxes  which  I  carry 
with  me.  The  preservation  of  specimens  in  perfect  freshness,  without  torn  or 
ragged  wings,  is  of  the  utmost  importance,  and  it  is  better  to  take  fewer  specimens, 
preserving  them  in  immaculate  condition,  than  to  accumulate  a  quantity  of  ragged 

44 


and  battered  examples.  The  old  adage,  "Practice  makes  perfect,"  applies  in  the 
use  of  the  net  and  the  poisoning  jar.  There  will  necessarily  be  some  failures  on 
the  part  of  the  young  collector  at  the  outset,  but  if  he  is  neat  and  quick  of  finger 
he  will  soon  acquire  the  art  of  taking  and  preserving  perfect  specimens. 

The  field  box  should  be  made  of  tin  and  should  have  a  sheet  of  cork  securely 
fastened  at  the  bottom.  In  one  corner  of  the  box,  tied  in  gauze  and  securely 
fixed  in  place,  there  should  be  a  few  lumps  of  cyanide.  Into  this  box  the  speci- 
mens should  be  pinned  as  they  are  taken  from  the  collecting  jar,  and  the  lid 
of  this  box  should  be  kept  tightly  closed  most  of  the  time,  being  opened  only 
when  the  transfer  of  the  pinned  specimens  to  the  interior  of  the  box  is  ready  to  be 
made.  Inasmuch  as  pinning  insects  on  the  field  is  not  always  satisfactorily  accom- 
plished, the  writer  prefers  not  to  pin  them,  but  to  carry  with  him  a  supply  of  small 
pay-roll  envelopes,  into  which  the  insects  are  put,  and  these  envelopes  are  then  put 
into  a  box  which  has  some  cyanide  secured  in  it,  as  has  already  been  described. 
The  writer  also  carries  with  him  a  little  phial  of  chloroform  in  his  vest  pocket,  and 
lie  sometimes  uses  this  to  stun  insects  or  puts  a  few  drops  into  the  collecting  box 
and  then  closes  it.  The  objection  to  the  use  of  chloroform  is  that  it  induces  spasms 
of  the  thoracic  muscles,  and  butterflies  killed  by  the  use  of  chloroform  are  not 
nearly  so  easily  mounted  as  specimens  which  have  been  killed  with  cyanide.  Bee- 
tles, wasps,  and  other  hard-bodied  insects  should  not  be  put  into  the  same  col- 

45 


lecting  jars  as  those  which  are  used  for  butterflies,  as  xhey  are  very  apt  to  injure 
the  latter,  tearing  and  spoiling  the  wings.  If  the  collector  is  engaged  in  taking 
other  insects  besides  butterflies  and  moths,  he  should  have  special  jars  in  which  to 
put  the  beetles  and  other  hard-bodied  and  spiny  things. 

If  the  collector  does  not  wish  immediately  to  mount  his  specimens,  but  to 
preserve  them  for  mounting  at  a  future  time,  they  may  be  left  in  the  envelopes  of 
which  I  have  spoken,  or  may  be  "papered."  The  simplest  way  of  putting  up 
butterflies  in  papers  is  to  take  an  oblong  piece  of  any  kind  of  moderately  good  pa- 
per and  fold  it  as  indicated  in  the  diagram  (see  Plate  E,  Fig.  6),  first  folding  on  the 
line  a-b,  then  on  a-d  and  c-b;  then  on  the  lines  b-f  and  e-a,  as  marked  in  the  dia- 
gram. The  result  is  the  enclosure  of  the  insect  as  shown  in  Plate  E,  Fig.  c.  A 
hundred  or  more  of  such  envelopes  may  be  put  into  an  ordinary  cigar  box.  Such 
boxes,  filled  with  butterflies,  in  order  to  prevent  mould  and  the  ravages  of  pests, 
should  have  some  chloroform  or  carbon  bisulphide  put  into  them  and  afterward  a 
spoonful  or  two  of  naphthaline  crystals.  Then  they  should  be  closed  and  sealed 
up  by  pasting  strips  of  paper  over  the  edges.  Butterflies  thus  collected  on  journeys 
may  be  safely  carried  for  long  distances  without  injury,  or  even  transmitted  through 
the  mails  provided  the  boxes  are  strong  enough  to  resist  crushing.  When  on 
journeys  the  writer  of  these  paragraphs  always  papers  his  specimens,  bringing  them 
home  to  be  later  carefully  mounted  at  his  leisure.  It  is  of  the  utmost  importance 

4* 


to  note  on  each  envelope  the  place  and  the  date  of  capture,  so  that  these  may  later 
be  placed  upon  the  little  labels  or  tickets  which  are  put  upon  the  pins  after  the  in- 
sects have  been  expanded  and  mounted  for  display. 

MOUNTING   BUTTERFLIES 

The  writer  cannot  do  better  in  dealing  with  this  subject  than  to  transfer  from 
"The  Butterfly  Book"  the  substance  of  the  directions  there  given  in  relation  to  this 
matter. 

When  the  collector  has  time  enough  at  his  disposal  he  should  at  once  mount 
his  specimens  as  they  are  intended  to  be  displayed.  The  insect  should  first  of  all 
be  pinned.  For  this  purpose  "insect  pins"  should  be  used.  These  are  made 
either  of  soft  steel  or  of  pin  metal.  The  first  are  to  be  preferred,  except  in  very 
damp  climates,  where  they  sometimes  rust  if  they  have  not  been  properly  enamelled 
with  shellac.  The  pin  should  be  thrust  perpendicularly  through  the  thorax,  mid- 
way between  the  wings,  and  at  a  considerable  elevation  upon  the  pin.  It  should 
then  be  placed  upon  the  setting  board  or  setting  block.  Setting  boards  or  setting 
blocks  are  pieces  of  wood  having  a  groove  on  the  upper  surface  of  sufficient  depth 
to  accommodate  the  body  of  the  insect  and  to  permit  the  wings  to  be  brought  to 

47 


EXPLANATION  OF  PLATE  E 

Fig.  a.      Vivarium,  or  cage  in  which  to  breed  caterpillars. 

a,  base,  kept  even  by  cleats,  g,  g;  on  this  is  placed  a  pan  4  inches  deep  made  of 
sheet  zinc,  and  filled  with  earth;  to  the  middle  is  soldered  a  tube  of  zinc,  into 
which  a  large  bottle  fits;  the  bottle  is  filled  with  water  to  keep  the  plants  placed 
in  it  fresh  and  green;  b,  outer  case,  with  sides  of  glass,  fitting  closely  about  the 
zinc  pan;  c,  top,  covered  with  wire-cloth,  rabbeted  on  b,  and  easily  lifted  off. 

Fig.  b .      Diagram  showing  way  to  make  paper  envelopes  for  butterflies. 

Fig.  c.     .Envelope  folded  with  butterfly  inside. 

Fig.  d.     Stretching  board  for  expanding  moths  and  butterflies.     Strips  of  tracing  muslin 
are  used  on  this  to  keep  the  wings  down,  paper  will  also  serve  the  purpose. 

Fig.  f .      Stretching  board,  showing  how  wings  may  be  held  in  place  by  pieces  of  thin  card- 
board. 

Fig.  e .     Showing  the  way  in  which  the  antennae  and  body  may  be  held  in  place  with  inseoi 
pins  while  the  insect  is  drying. 


the  level  of  the  upper  surface,  of  the  board  (see  Plate  D,  Figs.  6  and  7;  and  Plate 
E,  Figs,  d,  e,f).  They  should  also  be  provided  either  with  a  cleft  or  a  hole  which 
will  permit  the  pin  to  be  thrust  down  below  the  body  of  the  insect  for  a  considerable 
distance.  As  a  rule  the  wings  of  all  specimens  should  be  mounted  at  a  uniform 
elevation  of  about  seven  eighths  of  an  inch  above  the  point  of  the  pin.  This  is 
known  as  the  "continental  method"  of  mounting,  and  is  infinitely  preferable  to 
the  old-fashioned  "English  method,"  in  which  the  insect  was  pinned  low  down 
upon  the  pin,  so  that  its  wings  touched  the  surface  of  the  box. 

Setting  blocks  are  most  advantageously  employed  in  mounting  small  species, 
especially  the  Hesperiidae,  the  wings  of  which  are  apt  to  be  refractory.  When  the 
insect  has  been  pinned  upon  the  setting  board  or  setting  block,  the  next  step  is  to 
set  the  wings  in  the  position  which  they  are  to  maintain  when  the  specimen  is 
thoroughly  dry.  This  is  accomplished  by  means  of  what  are  known  as  "setting 
needles. "  Setting  needles  may  be  easily  made  by  simply  sticking  ordinary  needles 
into  wooden  matches  from  which  the  tips  have  been  removed;  steel  insect  pins  will 
serve  as  well.  In  drawing  the  wings  into  position,  care  should  be  taken  to  plant 
the  setting  needle  or  pin  behind  the  strong  nervure  on  the  costal  margin  of  the  wing; 
otherwise  the  wings  are  liable  to  be  torn  and  disfigured.  The  rule  in  setting  lepi- 
doptera  is  to  draw  the  anterior  wing  forward  in  such  a  manner  that  the  hind  margin 
of  this  wing  is  at  right  angles  to  the  axis  of  the  body,  the  axis  of  the  body  being  a 

50 


line  drawn  through  the  nead  to  the  extremity  of  the  abdomen.  The  hind  wing 
should  then  be  moved  forward,  its  anterior  margin  lying  under  the  opposing  margin 
of  the  front  wing.  When  the  wings  have  thus  been  adjusted  into  the  position  which 
they  are  to  occupy,  slips  of  tracing-muslin  or  of  paper  should  be  drawn  over  them 
and  securely  pinned,  the  setting  needles  being  removed. 

In  pinning  down  the  strips  which  are  to  hold  the  wings  in  place,  be  careful 
to  pin  around  the  wing,  but  never  if  possible  through  it.  When  the  wings  have 
been  adjusted  in  the  position  in  which  they  are  to  remain,  the  antennae  should  be 
attended  to  and  drawn  forward  on  the  same  plane  as  the  wings,  and  secured  in  place. 
This  may  ordinarily  be  done  by  setting  pins  in  such  a  position  as  to  hold  them  where 
they  are  to  stay.  Then  the  body,  if  it  has  a  tendency  to  sag  down  at  the  end  of 
the  abdomen,  should  be  raised.  This  may  also  be  accomplished  by  means  of  pins 
thrust  beneath  on  either  side.  Plate  E,  Fig.  e,  shows  clearly  what  is  intended.  When 
the  insect  has  been  set,  the  board  should  be  put  aside  in  a  place  where  it  will  not  be 
molested  or  attacked  by  pests,  and  the  specimens  upon  it  allowed  to  dry.  A  box 
with  shelves  in  it  is  often  used  for  this  purpose.  This  box  should  have  a  door  at 
the  front  covered  with  wire  gauze,  and  the  back  should  also  be  open,  covered  with 
gauze,  so  as  to  allow  a  free  circulation  of  air.  A  few  balls  of  naphthaline  placed  in 
it  will  tend  to  keep  away  mites  and  other  pests.  The  time  which  the  specimen 
should  remain  on  the  board  varies  with  its  size  and  the  condition  of  the  atmosphere. 

51 


idlest  butterflies  and  moths  in  dry  weather  will  be  sufficiently  dried  to  permit  of 
their  removal  from  the  setting  boards  in  a  week;  but  large,  stout-bodied  moths  may 
require  as  much  as  two  weeks,  or  even  more  time,  before  they  are  dry  enough  to  be 
taken  off  the  boards.  The  process  of  drying  may  be  hastened  by  placing  the  boards  in 
an  oven,  but  the  temperature  of  the  oven  must  be  quite  low.  If  too  much  heat  is  ap- 
plied great  injury  is  sure  to  result.  Only  a  careful  and  expert  operator  should  resort 
to  the  use  of  the  oven,  a  temperature  ab<^ve  120  F.  being  sure  to  work  mischief. 
When  butterflies  or  moths  have  been  put  up  in  papers  or  mounted  on  pins  with- 
out having  their  wings  expanded  and  set,  it  becomes  necessary  before  setting  them 
to  relax  them.  This  may  be  accomplished  »n  several  ways.  If  the  specimens  have 
been  pinned  it  is  best  to  place  them  on  pieces  of  sheet-cork  on  a  tray  of  sand  which 
has  been  thoroughly  moistened  and  treated  with  a  good  dose  of  carbolic  acid. 
Over  all  a  bell  glass  is  put.  A  tight  tin  box  will  serve  the  same  purpose,  but  a 
broad  sheet  of  bibulous  paper  should  always  be  put  over  the  box,  under  the  lid 
before  closing  it,  anjd  in  such  a  way  as  to  leave  the  edges  of  the  paper  projecting 
around  the  edges  of  the  lid.  This  is  done  to  absorb  the  moisture  which  might  settle 
by  condensation  upon  the  lid  and  drop  upon  the  specimens.  In  a  bell  glass  the 
moisture  generally  trickles  down  the  sides.  Earthenware  crocks  with  closely  fitting 
lids  are  even  better  than  tin  boxes,  but  they  must  have  paper  put  over  them  be- 
fore closing,  in  the  same  way  as  is  done  when  tin  boxes  are  used.  When  specimens 


have  been  preserved  in  papers  or  envelopes  these  should  be  opened  a  little  and  laid 
upon  damp,  carbolized  sand  under  a  bell  glass  or  in  a  closed  receptacle  of  some  kind. 
Papered  specimens  may  also  be  placed  in  their  envelopes  between  clean  towels, 
which  have  been  moistened  in  water  to  which  a  little  carbolic  acid  has  been  added. 
The  towels  should  be  wrung  out  quite  dry  before  using  them.  Pieces  of  dampened 
blotting  paper  are  even  better  than  towels.  The  method  of  placing  between  towels 
should  never  be  used  in  the  case  of  very  small  and  delicate  species  and  those  which 
are  blue  or  green  in  color.  Great  care  must  be  exercised  not  to  allow  the  insects  to 
become  soaked  or  unduly  wet.  This  ruins  them.  They  should,  however,  be  damp 
enough  to  allow  the  wings  and  other  organs  to  be  freely  moved.  When  the  insects 
have  been  relaxed  they  may  be  pinned  and  expanded  on  setting  boards  like  freshly 
caught  specimens.  It  is  well  in  setting  the  wings  of  relaxed  specimens,  after  having 
thrust  the  pin  through  the  body,  to  take  a  small  forceps  and  seizing  the  wings  just 
where  they  join  the  body  gently  move  them  so  as  to  open  them  and  make  their 
movement  easy  before  pinning  them  upon  the  setting  board.  The  skilful  manipu- 
lator in  this  way  quickly  ascertains  whether  they  have  been  sufficiently  relaxed  to 
admit  of  their  being  readily  set.  If  discovered  to  be  too  stiff  and  liable  to  break 
they  must  be  still  further  relaxed.  Dried  specimens  which  have  been  relaxed  and 
then  mounted  generally  require  only  a  short  time  to  dry  again,  and  need  rarely  be 
kept  more  than  twenty-four  hours  upon  the  setting  boards. 

53 


The  process  of  setting  insects  upon  setting  blocks  is  exactly  the  same  as  when 
setting  boards  are  used,  with  the  simple  difference  that  instead  of  pinning  strips 
of  paper  or  tracing-muslin  over  the  wings,  the  wings  are  held  in  place  by  threads 
or  very  narrow  tapes,  which  are  wound  around  the  block  (see  Plate  D,  Figs  6  and  7). 
When  the  wings  are  not  covered  with  a  very  deep  and  velvety  covering  of  scales 
the  threads  or  tapes  may  be  used  alone;  but  when  the  wings  are  thus  clothed  it  be- 
comes necessary  to  put  bits  of  paper  or  cardboard  over  the  wings  before  wrapping 
with  the  threads.  Unless  this  is  done  the  marks  of  the  threads  will  be  left  upon 
the  wings.  Some  little  skill,  which  is  easily  acquired  by  practice,  is  necessary  in 
order  to  employ  setting  blocks  to  advantage,  but  in  the  case  of  small  species  and 
species  which  have  refractory  wings  they  are  much  to  be  preferred  to  the  boards. 

The  work  of  mounting  small  insects  which  have  been  relaxed  must  be  done 
quite  quickly  and  in  a  cool  room  or  in  a  moist  atmosphere.  In  a  very  dry  and  hot 
atmosphere  the  minuter  things  dry  so  quickly  that  difficulties  are  at  once  encoun- 
tered. 

One  of  the  best  ways  in  which  to  secure  perfect  specimens  is  to  breed  them 
from  the  caterpillar,  or  even  from  the  egg.  A  stylish  and  very  good  cage  for  breed- 
ing is  shown  on  Plate  E,  Fig.  2.  As  good  a  cage  as  this  is  not  necessary,  and  the 
collector  will  succeed  with  one  or  more  clean  store-boxes  covered  with  a  lid  consist-' 

54 


ing  of  a  frame  over  which  gauze  or  muslin  has  been  stretched.  The  food-plant  on 
which  the  caterpillar  feeds  is  kept  fresh  in  bottles  or  jars.  It  is  important,  after 
the  plants  have  been  put  into  the  jar  of  water,  to  stuff  around  the  stems  cotton  or 
soft  paper,  so  that  the  caterpillars  may  not  crawl  down  and,  falling  into  the  water, 
drown  themselves.  The  bottom  of  the  box  may  be  filled  to  the  depth  of  four  or 
five  inches  with  loam  and  covered  with  dead  forest  leaves.  The  loam  should  not 
be  allowed  to  dry  out  thoroughly,  but  should  be  kept  somewhat  moist,  not  wet. 
A  little  sprinkling  of  water  from  time  to  time  will  suffice  when  done  with  care. 
The  caterpillars  feed  upon  the  food-plant,  and  finally  undergo  transformation  in 
the  cage  into  the  pupa,  and  eventually  emerge  as  the  butterfly  or  moth.  The 
breeding  of  lepidoptera  in  this  way  is  a  fascinating  occupation  for  those  who  have 
leisure  to  attend  to  it.  For  more  minute  instructions  in  reference  to  this  matter 
the  reader  is  referred  to  "The  Butterfly  Book."  The  caterpillars  and  chrysalids 
themselves  may  be  preserved  in  little  phials,  in  alcohol  or  in  a  solution  of  formal- 
dehyde. The  latter,  however,  is  not  to  be  recommended,  because,  although  it 
preserves  colors  better  than  alcohol,  and  does  not  tend  to  shrivel  up  the  bodies,  it 
makes  them  stiff  and  difficult  to  handle  and  examine.  The  best  way  of  preserving 
caterpillars  is  to  inflate  them.  Directions  for  doing  this  are  contained  in  "The 
Butterfly  Book." 

55 


THE   PRESERVATION   AND    ARRANGEMENT    OF   COLLECTIONS 

In  order  to  preserve  collections  of  lepidoptera  in  beautiful  condition,  light, 
moisture,  and  insect  pests  must  be  excluded.  Light  bleaches  many  species,  espe- 
cially those  which  are  red,  brown,  or  green  in  color.  Moisture  produces  mold  and 
/mildew.  Insect  pests  such  as  mites,  Anthrenus,  and  Dermestes,  the  two  latter  being 
species  of  beetles,  devour  specimens.  The  receptacles  containing  collections  should 
therefore  be  furnished  with  covers  excluding  the  light,  kept  in  a  dry  place,  and  be  so 
tight  that  insect  pests  will  not  enter.  However,  as  an  additional  precaution,  it  is 
well  to  place  in  every  box  or  drawer  moth  balls  or  lumps  of  camphor,  secured  so 
that  they  cannot  roll  about.  These  tend  to  deter  predaceous  insects  from  entering 
the  receptacles.  If  by  any  chance  they  have  entered,  neither  the  naphthaline  nor 
the  camphor  in  some  cases  will  prevent  their  ravages.  In  the  great  collections 
which  are  under  the  care  of  the  writer  it  is  a  rule  from  time  to  time  to  go  over  all 
the  cases  and  put  into  every  receptacle  a  small  quantity  of  carbon  bisulphide. 
The  fumes  of  carbon  bisulphide  kill  all  grubs  and  matured  insects  which  may  have 
hidden  themselves  in  the  cases,  and  it^s  believed  that  it  also  tends  to  destroy  the 
life  in  eggs  which  may  have  been  laid  in  the  boxes.  Great  care  should  be  used, 
however,  in  employing  carbon  bisulphide,  as  the  fumes  mingled  with  the  oxygen 
of  the  atmosphere  form  an  explosive  compound.  The  work  should  never  be  done 

56 


where  there  is  danger  of  ignition  from  an  open  fire  or  light.  Boxes  for  the  preser- 
vation of  insect  collections  are  made  by  many  firms,  and  prices  for  such  receptacles 
vary  according  to  their  size  and  the  materials  employed  in  their  construction. 
All  receptacles,  however,  should  be  lined  at  the  bottom  with  cork  or  some  other  soft 
material  into  which  the  pins  sustaining  the  insects  can  be  put.  We  employ  in  the 
Carnegie  Museum  a  composition  cork  covered  with  white  paper,  which  is  made  in 
sheets  of  varying  sizes,  according  to  requirement,  by  the  Armstrong  Cork  Manu- 
facturing Company  of  Pittsburgh,  Pa.,  the  largest  cork-manufacturing  establisE-* 
ment  in  the  world.  This  is  the  most  satisfactory  material  which  is  made. 

Large  collections  are  advantageously  preserved  in  cabinets,  the  drawers  of  which 
are  covered  with  glass  through  which  the  insects  may  be  inspected  without  handling 
them.  Here  again,  for  the  details  of  the  construction  of  boxes,  trays,  and  cabinets, 
the  reader  is  referred  to  "The  Butterfly  Book,"  which  may  be  found  in  every  public 
library,  and  is  in  the  hands  of  multitudes  of  individuals. 

In  arranging  specimens  the  scientific  order  should  be  followed.  The  species 
belonging  to  a  given  genus  should  be  placed  together.  The  little  labels  attached 
to  the  pins  should  give  both  the  generic  and  the  specific  name,  the  locality  where 
the  specimen  was  taken,  and  the  sex,  if  known.  For  the  purpose  of  designating 
the  sex  naturalists  employ  what  are  known  as  "sex  marks,"  the  male  being  indi- 
cated by  the  sign  of  Mars,  cf,  while  the  female  is  indicated  by  the  sign  of  Venus,  9 . 

57 


The  inscription  Papilio  philenor,  cf'  ,  means  that  the  specimen  is  a  male,  and  the 
inscription  Papilio  philenor,  9  ,  means  that  it  is  a  female  of  the  same  species. 

The  classification  of  the  genera  and  species  should  be  subordinated  further  to 
the  classification  into  families.  There  are  five  families  of  butterflies  represented  in 
the  United  States  and  Canada.  They  are  the  following : 

1.  The  Nymphalidse,  or  "Brush-footed  Butterflies." 

2.  The  Erycinidse,  or  "Metal-marks." 

3.  The  Lycrenidae,  or  "Blues,"  "Coppers,"  and  "Hair-streaks." 

4.  The  Papilionidse,  or  the  "Swallowtails"  and  their  allies. 

5.  The  Hesperiidae,  or  the  "Skippers." 

In  every  well-arranged  collection  of  butterflies  certain  drawers  or  boxes  should  be 
set  apart  for  the  reception  of  the  insects  belonging  to  these  families,  and  they  should 
be  placed  under  their  proper  genera,  according  to  their  species..  Nothing  is  more 
beautiful  or  interesting  to  those  who  have  a  love  of  nature  than  a  collection  of 
butterflies  thus  classified  and  displayed. 

In  recent  years  an  ingenious  friend  of  mine  has  devised  a  system  of  mounting 
butterflies  under  glass  in  cases  made  of  a  shell  of  plaster  of  paris,  which  he  backs 
with  cardboard  and  seals  around  the  edges  with  gummed  paper.  Latterly  he  has 
taken  to  mounting  them  between  pieces  of  glass  which  he  secures  in  the  same  way. 

58 


Specimens  thus  preserved  keep  well,  may  be  handled  readily  without  fear  of  injury 
to  them,  and  in  the  glass  cases  both  sides  of  their  wings  may  be  examined.  A 
collection  of  butterflies  mounted  in  this  way  may  be  stored  in  shallow  trays  and 
placed  in  scientific  order.  The  process  of  mounting  in  this  fashion  is,  however, 
somewhat  laborious  and  expensive,  and  is  not  generally  adopted  by  scientific  men, 
who  wish  to  be  free  to  examine  their  specimens  under  the  magnifying  glass,  occa- 
sionally touching  the  wings  with  benzine  to  disclose  the  facts  of  neuration,  and  to 
minutely  investigate  the  feet  and  other  parts  of  the  body,  which,  when  sealed  up 
in  the  way  I  have  described,  are  not  easily  accessible. 

Having  thus  briefly  outlined  the  principal  facts  as  to  the  nature  of  butterflies 
in  general,  and  the  best  methods  of  collecting  and  preserving  them,  we  now  pass 
on  to  the  description  of  the  commoner  species  which  are  found  on  the  continent 
of  North  America,  north  of  Mexico  and  the  Straits  of  Florida. 

Class  INSECTA  (Insects) 
Order  LEPIDOPTERA  (Scale-winged  Insects) 

Suborder  RHOPALOCERA  (Butterflies) 
Family  NYMPHALID^E  (The  Brush-footed  Butterflies) 

The  Nymphalidse  may  be  distinguished  from  all  other  butterflies  by  the  fact 
that  in  both  sexes  the  foremost  or  prottoracic,  pair  of  legs  is  greatly  dwarfed,  useless 


for  walking,  and  therefore  carried  folded  up  against  the  breast.  This  is  the  largest  of 
all  the  families  of  butterflies  and  has  been  subdivided  into  many  subfamilies. 
Some  of  the  genera  are  composed  of  small  species,  but  most  of  them  are  made  up  of 
large  or  medium-sized  forms.  To  this  family  belong  many  of  the  most  gorgeously 
colored  butterflies  of  the  tropics,  among  them  the  brilliant  blue  Morphos  of  equa- 
torial America. 

The  caterpillars,  when  they  emerge  from  the  egg,  have  heads  much  greater  in 
diameter  than  the  rest  of  their  bodies.  In  the  earlier  stages  the  bodies  taper  from 
before  backward,  and  are  adorned  with  little  wart-like  protuberances,  which  bear 
hairs.  In  later  stages  these  little  protuberances  in  many  genera  are  replaced  by 
branching  spines  and  fleshy  projections,  which  impart  to  the  caterpillars  a  forbid- 
ding appearance.  The  mature  caterpillar  generally  has  a  cylindrical  body,  but  in 
the  subfamilies,  SatyrincB  and  Morphines,  the  larvae  are  thicker  at  the  middle,  ta- 
pering forward  and  backward. 

The  chrysalids,  which  are  generally  marked  by  metallic  spots,  always  hang 
suspended  by  the  tail,  except  in  the  case  of  a  few  arctic  species,  which  are  found 
under  a  frail  covering  composed  of  strands  of  silk  woven  about  the  roots  of  tufts  of 
grass,  under  which  the  larva  takes  shelter  at  the  time  of  pupation. 

In  the  region  with  which  this  booklet  deals  all  the  butterflies  belonging  to  the 
Nymphalidce  fall  naturally  into  one  or  the  other  of  the  following  subfamilies:  (1)  the 


Euplceince,  or  Euploeids;  (2)  the  Ithomiince,  the  Ithomiids;  (3)  the  Heliconiince,  the 
Heliconians;  (4)  the  Nymphalince,  the  Nymphs;  (5)  the  Satyrince,  the  Satyrs;  (6) 
the  Libytheince,  the  Snout-butterflies. 


KEY    TO    THE   SUBFAMILIES    OF    THE    NYMPHALID^    OF    TEMPERATE 
NORTH   AMERICA 

I.     With  the  veins  of  the  fore  wings  not  greatly  swollen  at  the  base. 

A.  Antennae  naked,  not  clothed  with  scales. 

(a)  Fore  wings  less  than  twice  as  long  as  broad        .      .     Euplceince. 

(b)  Fore  wings  twice  as  long  as  broad  and  often  trans- 

lucent, the  abdomen  extending  far  beyond  the  in- 
ner angle  of  the  hind  wings      ......     Ithomiince. 

B.  Antennae  clothed  with  scales,  at  least  above. 

(a)  Fore  wings  at  least  twice  as  long  as  broad    .      .      .     Heliconiince. 

(b)  Fore  wings  less  than  twice  as  long  as  broad. 

1 .  Palpi  not  as  long  as  the  thorax    ....     Nymphalince 

2.  Palpi  longer  than  the  thorax Libytheince 

II.     With  some  of  the  veins  of  the  fore  wing  greatly  swollen  at  the 

base     .."..,..." Satyrince. 

61 


Subfamily  EUPLCEIN^B  (The  Euplceids) 

Large  or  medium-sized  butterflies;  fore  wings  somewhat  produced  at  apex, 
hind  wings  rounded,  never  with  tails;  fore  legs  greatly  atrophied  in  the  males, 
somewhat  less  so  in  the  females;  hind  wings  of  the  males  marked  with  one  or  more 
sexual  brands  which  in  the  American  species  are  located  on  or  near  the  first  median 
nervule;  some  of  the  oriental  species  are  white,  many  are  dark  brown  or  black  in 
color,  shot  with  purple  and  violet;  all  of  the  American  species  are  of  some  shade  of 
reddish  brown  or  fulvous,  with  the  apex  of  the  fore  wings  and  the  outer  borders  of 
both  fore  and  hind  wings  margined  widely  with  darker  color,  and  the  veins  and 
nervules  also  darker,  standing  out  in  bold  relief  upon  the  lighter  ground-color;  the 
apex  of  the  primary  and  the  outer  border  of  the  secondary  wings  are  more  or  less 
spotted  with  light  color,  often  with  white. 

The  adult  caterpillars  are  cylindrical  in  form,  adorned  with  long  fleshy  filaments, 
and  with  their  bodies  of  some  light  shade  of  yellow  or  green  banded  with  darker 
colors.  The  American  species  feeds  upon  the  plants  belonging  to  the  family  of  the 
Asclepiadacece,  or  Milkweeds. 

The  chrysalis  is  smooth,  pale  in  color,  often  ornamented  with  metallic  spots, 
usually  golden. 

This  subfamily,  which  is  represented  in  the  tropics  of  the  Old  World  by  many 
genera  and  species,  is  only  represented  in  the  United  States  by  one  genus,  Anosia 

62 


GENUS  ANOSIA  HUBNER 

Butterfly,  large  or  medium-sized;  fore  wings  triangular,  pro- 
duced; hind  wings  rounded,  the  inner  margins  clasping  the 
abdomen  when  at  rest;  apex,  outer  margins,  and  veins,  dark; 
male  with  sex-mark  on  first  median  nervule  of  hind  wing. 
Egg  ovate  conical,  ribbed  perpendicularly  and  horizontally. 
Larva  cylindrical,  with  long,  dark,  fleshy  filaments  before  and 
behind;  body  usually  pale  in  color,  ringed  with  dark  bands. 
Chrysalis  pendant,  stout,  cylindrical,  abdomen  rapidly 
tapering,  and  ending  in  long  cremaster;  pale,  with  metallic 
spots. 

A  large  genus,  many  species  being  found  in  the  tropics  of 
both  hemispheres,  but  only  two  in  the  United  States.  The 
insects  are  "protected,"  being  distasteful  to  other  animals, 
thus  escaping  attack. 

(1)  Anosia  plexippus  (Linnaeus),  The  Monarch,  Plate  I,  cf; 
Plate  C,  Fig.  g,  egg;  Figs,  a-c,  larva  pupating;  Fig.  d,  chrysalis. 

Upper  side  of  wings  reddish  brown,  apex,  margins,  and  veins 
black,  under  side  paler;  a  double  row  of  whitish  spots  on  outer 
borders,  apex  crossed  by  two  bands  of  light  spots.  Expanse 
of  wings  3.25  to  4.25  inches.  Egg  pale  green.  Caterpillar 

63 


PL. 


PL. 

feeds  on  milkweeds,  and  is  found  in  Pennsylvania  from  June 
onward.     Chrysalis  pale  green  spotted  with  gold. 

Breeds  continuously.  As  summer  comes  the  butterflies 
move  north,  laying  eggs.  The  insect  spreads  until  it  reaches 
its  northern  limit  in  the  Dominion  of  Canada.  In  fall  it  re- 
turns. Swarms  of  the  retreating  butterflies  gather  on  the 
northern  shores  of  Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario  and  in  southern 
New  Jersey.  Recently  the  Monarch  has  become  domiciled 
in  many  parts  of  the  Old  World. 

(2)     Anosia  berenice  (Cramer),  The  Queen,  Plate  II,  9  . 

Smaller  than  the  Monarch;  the  ground-color  of  the  wings 
livid  brown.  The  markings,  as  shown  by  the  Plate,  are  some- 
what different  from  those  of  the  preceding  species.  Expanse 
2.5  to  3  inches. 

This  butterfly  does  not  occur  in  the  North,  but  ranges 
through  New  Mexico,  Texas,  Arizona,  and  southward. 

Subfamily  ITHOMIIN^  (THE  ITHOMIIDS) 

Butterflies  of  moderate  size,  though  a  few  species  are  quite 
large.     Fore  wings  at  least  twice  as  long  as  wide;  hind  wings 
64 


small  and  rounded,  without  tails.  Abdomen  produced  beyond  the  margin  of  the  hind  wing. 
Wings  more  or  less  transparent.  Antennae  long  and  very  slender,  with  a  slender  club  at  end, 
naked.  Fore  legs  greatly  atrophied,  especially  in  the  males.  Larvce  and  chrysalids  resem- 
bling those  of  the  Euplceince,  the  chrysalids  being  short,-cylindrical,  and  marked  with  metallic 
spots.  The  family,  with  the  exception  of  the  Australian  genus,  Hamadryas,  is  confined 
to  the  New  World,  in  the  tropics  of  which  there  are  swarms  of  genera  and  species.  Like 
the  Euploeinoe  they  are  "protected."  But  two  genera  are  reported  from  our  territory. 

GENUS  CERATINIA  FABRICIUS 

Distinguished  from  other  allied  genera  by  the  strongly  lobed  costal  margin  of  the  hind 
wings  in  the  male. 

There  are  fifty  species  of  this  genus  known  from  the  American  tropics,  but  only  one  occurs 
within  the  limits  of  the  United  States,  and  only  in  the  extreme  southwestern  portion  of  our 
territory. 

(1)  Ceratinia  lycaste  (Fabricius),  Plate  III,  Fig.  2,  9    (Lycaste  Butterfly"! 

This  insect,  which  may  easily  be  identified  by  the  figure  we  give,  is  reported  from  southern 
California.  The  plate  shows  the  variety,  named  negreta,  which  has  a  spot  at  the  end  of  the 
cell  of  the  hind  wing  instead  of  a  black  bar,  as  is  the  case  in  specimens  from  Panama.  Ex- 
panse 2.1  to  2.25  inches.  Wright  does  not  include  this  species  in  his  list  of  butterflies  of 
the  west  coast. 

'  65 


PL.    Ill 


GENUS  DIRCENNA  DOUBLEDAY 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  with  quite  transparent  wings. 
Abdomen  not  as  long  as  in  the  preceding  genus.  Hind  wing  of 
male  strongly  bowed  forward  at  middle,  the  costal  vein  tend- 
ing to  coalesce  with  the  subcostal.  Only  one  species  occurs 
in  our  region.  There  are  many  species  in  the  American  tropics. 

(1)  Dircenna  klugi  (Hiibner),  Plate  III,  Fig.  1,  d"  (Klug's 
Dircenna). 

The  wings  are  pale  brown,  narrowly  margined  with  darker 
brown;  the  fore  wings  have  a  pale  yellowish  diagonal  bar  at 
the  end  of  the  cell,  followed  by  two  bands  of  similar  spots, 
curving  from  the  costa  to  the  inner  margin.  Expanse  2.5  to 
2  75  inches. 

Habitat:  Southern  California  and  Mexico  according  to  Rea- 
kirt.  The  citation  of  California  by  this  authority  may  refer 
to  Lower  California.  In  recent  years  no  specimens  have  been 
taken  in  Upper  California.  It  may  be  that  with  the  changes 
which  have  taken  place  in  the  development  of  the  country  the 
insect  has  become  extinct  about  Los  Angeles  and  San  Diego, 
where  Reakirt  collected. 


SUBFAMILY  HELICONIIN^E  (THE  HELICONIANS) 

Moderately  large  butterflies.  Fore  wings  twice  as  long  as 
wide.  Antennae  nearly  as  long  as  the  body;  club  tapering,  but 
stouter  than  in  the  Ithomiids,  clothed  with  scales  above.  Fore 
legs  feeble  La  both  sexes.  Color  black,  sometimes  shot  with 
blue,  and  variously  marked  with  white,  yellow,  orange,  or 
crimson  spots.  Eggs  cylindrical,  twice  as  high  as  wide,  taper- 
ing and  truncate  above*  ribbed.  Caterpillar,  when  mature, 
with  six  branching  spines  on  each  segment.  Chrysalis  angu- 
lated,  covered  with  curious  projections,  making  it  look  like  a 
shrivelled  leaf,  dark  in  color. 

These  insects,  which  are  strongly  "protected, "  abound  in  the 
forests  of  tropical  America.  There  are  many  species,  but  only 
one  occurs  in  our  region. 


GENUS  HELICONIUS  LATREILLE 

(1)  Heliconiuscharithonius(lAnn3sus).  Plate  IV,  9  (The 
Zebra). 

The  figure  suffices  for  identification.  The  caterpillar  feeds 
upon  the  foliage  of  different  species  of  Passion-flower.  Com- 

67 


PL.   IV 


mon  in  the  hot  parts  of  the  Gulf  States,  thence  ranging  all  over  the  American  tropics.     Ex 
panse  2.5  to  3.5  inches. 

SUBFAMILY  NYMPHALIN^  (THE  NYMPHS) 

The  butterflies  belonging  to  this  subfamily  are  usually  medium-sized  or  large,  although 
some  are  very  small.  Antennae  usually  as  long  as,  or  longer  than,  the  abdomen,  more  or 
less  heavily  clothed  with  scales.  Palpi  stout,  densely  clothed  with  hairs  and  scales.  Thorax 
stout  or  very  robust.  Fore  wings  relatively  broad,  ^xcept  in  certain  forms  which  mimic 
the  HeliconiincB,  produced  at  apex,  more  or  less  excavated  on  outer  margin;  discoidal  cell 
generally  less  than  half  the  length  of  wing,  and  in  most  genera  closed;  costal  vein  ter- 
minating behind  the  middle  of  the  front  margin  of  the  wing;  the  two  inner  subcostal  nervules 
given  off  before,  the  outer  subcostals  beyond,  the  end  of  the  cell.  Hind  wings  rounded,  or 
angulated,  with  the  outer  border  either  rounded,  scalloped,  or  tailed,  the  inner  border  always 
forming  a  channel  for  the  reception  of  the  abdomen;  discoidal  cell  often  open,  or  closed  by 
an  almost  imperceptible  veinlet.  Eggs  conoid,  barrel-shaped,  or  globular,  variously  orna- 
mented. Larva  when  hatched  with  minute  wart-like  eminences,  each  bearing  a  hair,  the  hairs 
in  later  stages  being  replaced  in  many  forms  by  branching  spines.  Chrysalis  suspended, 
variously  ornamented,  often  having  on  the  dorsal  surface  raised  eminences,  and  the  head 
bifurcate. 


68 


There  are  about  thirty  genera,  containing  somewhat  less 
than  two  hundred  species,  which  belong  to  this  subfamily  in 
the  United  States. 


GENUS  COL^ENIS  DOUBLEDA* 

The  butterflies  of  this  genus  mimic  the  Heliconlans  in  form; 
their  fore  wings  are  long  and  narrow.  The  cell  in  the  hind 
wing  is  open.  There  are  a  number  of  species,  two  of  which 
are  found  in  the  hot  parts  of  the  Gulf  States.  The  larvae  re- 
semble those  of  the  genera,  Dione  and  Euptoieta,  and,  like 
them,  feed  on  the  Passifloraceae. 

(1)  Colcenis  Julia  (Fabricius)  (Julia).     Plate  V,  <?. 

The  figure  on  the  plate  obviates  the  necessity  for  a  descrip- 
tion. The  insect  occurs  sparingly  in  Florida  and  in  Texas, 
especially  about  Brownsville.  It  is  very  common  in  Mexico, 
and  thence  southward.  Expanse  3  to  3.5  inches. 

(2)  Colcenis  delila  (Fabricius),  Delila. 

Imagine  all  the  dark  markings  shown  in  the  figure  of  Colcenis 

69 


PL.   V 


PL.   VI 


. 

-----  -••:-., 


julia  on  Plate  V  effaced,  and  replaced  by  the  lighter  ground- 
color, only  all  of  the  wing  a  shade  paler  and  yellower,  and  the 
fore  wings  a  trifle  more  pointed  at  the  tip,  and  you  have  a 
mental  picture  of  this  species,  which  has  the  same  range  as 
the  one  shown.  Expanse  2.75  to  3.3  inches. 


GENUS  DIONE  HUBNER 

This  genus  has  the  fore  wings  elongated,  but  less  so  than  in 
Colcenis.  The  cell  hi  the  hind  wing  is  open.  The  palpi  are 
much  more  robust  and  heavily  clothed  with  hairs  than  in 
Colcenis,  thus  resembling  those  of  the  genus  Argynnis.  Like 
Argynnis  the  under  side  of  the  wings  of  all  species  of  Dione 
is  spotted  with  silver. 

There  are  a  half  dozen  species  of  Dione  in  the  New  World, 
all  but  one  of  which  occur  outside  of  our  limits.  They  are 
gloriously  beautiful  insects. 

(1)  Dione  vanilla  (Linnaeus)  (The  Gulf  Fritillary).  Plate 
VI,  cf . 

This  lovely  insect  ranges  from  southern  Virginia  southward 
70 


and  westward  to  southern  California,  and  thence  further  south, 
wherever  the  sun  shines  and  Passion-flowers  bloom.  The 
figure  on  the  plate  does  not  show  the  magnificent  markings  of 
the  under  side  of  the  wings,  but  catch  one,  and  you  will  see 
that  you  have  a  beauty  in  your  possession.  Expanse  2.75 
to  3.25  inches. 

GENUS  EUPTOIETA  DOUBLEDAY 

There  are  two  species  of  this  genus  found  in  the  United 
States.  The  butterfly  has  the  cell  of  the  fore  wing  closed  by  a 
feeble  veinlet  and  the  cell  of  the  hind  wing  open.  The  an- 
tennae and  palpi  resemble  those  of  the  genus  Argynnis.  The 
under  sides  of  the  win^s  are  not  spotted  with  silvery  marks. 

(1)  Euptoieta  claudia  (Cramer),  The  Variegated  Fritillary. 
Plate  VII,  Fig.  1,  d";  Fig.  2,  under  side. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  the  leaves  of  Passion-flowers  and 
violets.  It  is  reddish  yellow  in  color,  with  black  spines  on  the 
segments,  white  spots  on  the  back,  and  dark  broTvn  bands 
running  the  long  way  on  the  sides.  The  chrysalis  is  pearly 
white  mottled  with  black  spots  and  streaks.  The  insect 

71 


PL.  VII 


PL.    VIII 


ranges  from  southern  New  England  south  and  west,  and  is 
reported  from  as  far  north  as  Alberta.  It  goes  as  far  as  Ar- 
gentina in  the  south.  Expanse  d\  1.75  to  2.25  inches;  9  ,  2.25 
to  2.75  inches. 

(2)     Euptoieta  hegesia  (Cramer),  The  Mexican  Fritillary. 

Very  much  like  the  preceding  species,  only  the  wings,  es- 
pecially the  hind  wings,  have  very  few  dark  markings,  except 
about  the  borders,  and  the  insect  is  smaller.  Expanse  cf,  1.6 
to  2.25;  9 , 2.25  to  2.5  inches. 

Found  in  Texas,  Arizona,  and  southward. 

GENUS  ARGYNNIS  FABRICIUS 

Butterflies  of  medium  or  large  size,  generally  of  some  shade 
of  reddish-fulvous,  conspicuously  marked  on  the  upper  side 
with  dark  spots  and  waved  lines,  which  are  less  conspicuously 
repeated  on  the  under  side,  and  in  many  species  in  part  re- 
placed by  silvery  spots.  In  some  species  the  males  and  the 
females  are  dimorphic,  that  is,  very  different  in  appearance 
from  each  other.  The  palpi  are  strongly  developed  and 
clothed  heavily  with  hairs.  The  antennae  have  a  short,  well- 
72 


defined,  flattened,  somewhat  spoon-shaped  club.  The  cells  of 
both  fore  and  hind  wings  are  closed.  Eggs  cone-shaped,  flat- 
tened, and  depressed  at  the  top,  rounded  at  the  base,  ribbed 
both  ways,  mostly  near  the  base.  Caterpillars  dark  in  color, 
spiny,  with  the  spines  on  the  first  segment  the  longest;  feeding 
on  violets  at  night,  and  hiding  during  the  day.  Chrysalis 
angular,  adorned  with  more  or  less  prominent  projections, 
head  bifid. 

This  large  genus  has  many  species.  It  occurs  in  both 
hemispheres.  Its  metropolis  is  North  America,  and  we  can 
speak  of  only  a  few  of  the  commoner  and  more  conspicuous 
forms. 


PL.    IX 


(1) 
VIII, 


Argynnis  idalia  (Drury),  The  Regal  Fritillary.     Plate 


The  figure  given  will  help  the  student  to  recognize  this  insect. 
The  caterpillar,  when  fully  grown,  is  about  1.75  inches  in 
length,  black,  banded  and  striped  with  ochreous  and  orange- 
red,  and  ornamented  with  fleshy  spines,  of  which  the  two  rows 
on  the  back  are  white  tipped  with  black,  those  on  the  sides 
black  tinged  with  orange  where  they  spring  from  the  body. 
The  chrysalis  is  brown  mottled  with  yellow. 

73 


PL.    X 

Ranges  from  Maine  to  Nebraska,  and  southward  among  the 
Appalachian  highlands  into  West  Virginia.  Expanse  2.75  to 
4  inches. 

\  (2)     Argynnis  diana  (Cramer),  Plate  IX,  cf;  Plate  X,   9 

(Diana). 

This  lovely  insect  is  dimorphic,  the  male  having  the  outer 
borders  of  the  wings  orange-fulvous,  while  the  female  has  the 
wings  bordered  with  blue  spots.  Expanse  3.75  to  4.5  inches. 

It  belongs  to  the  southern  Appalachian  region,  and  ranges 
from  West  Virginia  and  the  Carolinas  to  northern  Georgia, 
thence  westward  to  the  Ozarks,  being  found  sparingly  in 
southern  Ohio  and  Indiana,  and  commonly  in  parts  of  Ken- 
tucky. 

(3)     A  rqynn is  leto  Edwards,  Plate  XI,  9   CLeto). 

The  male  of  this  species  is  in  some  respects  not  unlike  the 
two  following  species,  but  with  the  wings  darker  at  their  bases: 
the  female,  on  the  other  hand,  is  quite  different,  the  dark  spots 
on  the  inner  half  of  the  wings  running  together  and  giving  this 
part  of  the  wings  a  dark  brown  or  black  appearance,  while  the 
outer  borders  are  pale  yellow.  Expanse  2.5  to  3.25  inches. 
74 


This  beautiful  form  occurs  on  the  western  side  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  in  California  and  Oregon. 

(4)  Argynnis  cybele  (Fabricius),  Plate  XII,  9 ,  under  side 
(The  Great  Spangled  Fritillary). 

The  male  is  bright  reddish-fulvous  on  the  upper  side  of  the 
wings,  with  the  characteristic  dark  markings  of  the  genus;  on 
the  under  side  the  wings  are  heavily  silvered.  There  always 
is  a  pale  yellowish  submarginal  band  shown  on  the  under  side 
of  the  hind  wings  which  does  not  appear  in  the  next  species, 
and  by  the  presence  or  absence  of  which  they  may  be  discrim- 
inated from  each  other.  The  caterpillars  hibernate  as  soon  as 
hatched,  and  pass  the  winter  in  this  state,  feeding  up  and  ma- 
turing in  the  following  spring  when  the  violets  begin  to  grow. 
Expanse  3  to  4  inches. 

This  species  ranges  from  Maine  to  Nebraska  and  southward 
to  Georgia  and  Arkansas.  It  is  our  commonest  species  in  the 
Middle  States. 

(5)  A rgynnis  aphrodite  (Fabricius).     Plate  XIII,  9 ,  under 
side  (Aphrodite). 

Closely  resembling  the  preceding  species,  but  smaller.     The 

75 


PL.  Xi 


PL.    XII 


under  side  of  the  hind  wings  has  the  submarginal  band  nar- 
rower than  in  A.  cybele  and  often  wholly  wanting,  as  shown  in 
the  figure.  The  fore  wings  on  the  under  side  are  redder  at  the 
base  than  in  A.  cybele.  Expanse  3  to  3.5  inches. 

The  range  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  preceding  species. 

The  two  species  A.  cybele  and  A.  aphrodite  usually  are 
found  flying  at  the  same  time  and  in  the  same  places,  and  when 
on  the  wing  it  is  often  very  difficult  to  distinguish  them  from 
each  other.  In  fact  they  seem  to  intergrade  into  each  other, 
and  in  a  long  series  of  specimens  such  close  resemblances  often 
occur  that  it  is  puzzling  to  decide  which  is  which.  The  deeper 
red  of  the  fore  wing  of  A.  cybele  is  the  best  diacritical  char- 
acter. The  paler  outer  margin  of  the  hind  wing  of  A.  aphro- 
dite, which  is  typically  shown  in  Plate  XII,  sometimes  occurs 
also  in  A.  cybele,  and  I  have  specimens  of  the  latter  which 
very  closely  approximate  the  former  in  this  regard.  In  se- 
lecting specimens  for  illustration  I  have  chosen  the  two  extreme 
forms  in  which  the  pale  wing  of  A.  aphrodite  is  seen  to  contrast 
on  the  under  side  with  the  darker  wing  of  A.  cybele  shown  on 
Plate  XIII. 


76 


It  may  be  remarked  in  passing  that  the  genus  Argynnis  is 
very  difficult,  and  the  writer  has  been  in  the  habit  of  compar- 
ing it  to  the  genus  Salix,  the  willows,  among  flowers.  Botan- 
ists know  how  the  willows  seem  to  run  together,  and  how  hard 
it  is  to  discriminate  the  species.  The  same  thing  is  true  of 
tkis  great  genus  of  butterflies  with  which  we  are  now  dealing. 
It  is  particularly  true  of  the  species  which  occur  in  the  region 
of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  of  which  the  writer  has  probably  the 
largest  collection  in  existence,  including  all  of  the  types  of  the 
late  William  H.  Edwards.  The  test  of  breeding  has  not  been 
fully  applied  as  yet  to  all  of  these  forms,  and  it  is  doubtful 
whether  some  of  them  are  more  than  varieties  or  local  races. 
There  is  here  a  field  of  inquiry  which  should  tempt  some  young, 
ardent,  and  careful  student.  The  day  for  more  thorough 
work  is  at  hand,  and  I  hope  some  reader  of  these  pages  may 
be  converted  to  the  task.  Entomological  study  should  become 
more  intensive,  as  well  as  extensive.  The  fathers  of  the  science 
have  paved  the  way  and  laid  foundations;  it  remains  for  the 
rising  generation  to  complete  the  work  which  the  fathers  have 
begun. 


PL.   XIII 

..    - 


77 


PL.    XIV 


(6)  Argynnis  attantis  Edwards.  Plate  XIV,  d"  (The 
Mountain  Silverspot). 

Smaller  than  A.  aphrodite,  with  narrower  wings,  darker  at 
the  base  on  both  the  upper  and  lower  sides.  The  submarginal 
band  below  is  pale  yellow,  narrow,  distinct,  and  always  present. 
Expanse  2.25  to  2.5  inches. 

Ranges  from  Quebec  to  Alberta  and  southward,  but  is  con- 
fined to  the  Appalachian  mountain  ranges  in  southern  Penn- 
sylvania and  West  Virginia. 

The  specimen  figured  on  the  Plate  is  the  type  of  the  male 
contained  in  the  collection  of  the  late  William  H.  Edwards. 
Although  taken  long  ago,  it  retains  all  its  original  freshness  and 
beauty. 

There  used  to  be  near  Cresson  on  the  summit  of  the  Alle- 
gheny Mountains  a  field  surrounded  by  woodland  in  which 
violets  grew.  When  the  clover  was  in  bloom  myriads  of 
Fritillaries,  belonging  to  the  species  aphrodite,  cybele,  and 
atlantis,  congregated  there.  What  captures  we  made!  Many 
a  collection  on  both  sides  of  the  Atlantic  contains  specimens 
taken  in  that  field,  but  no  possessor  of  these  specimens  can 
have  the  happy  memories  of  the  days  passed  in  that  field  by 
their  captor. 
78 


(7)  Argynnis  callippe  Boisduval.  Plate  XV,  9  ,  under  side 
(Callippe). 

Wings  on  the  upper  side  obscured  with  dark  brown  on  which 
the  pale  buff  spots,  margined  with  black,  stand  out  conspicu- 
ously. On  the  under  side  the  wings  are  pale  buff,  with  a 
greenish  cast,  the  spots  well  silvered.  Expanse  2.3  to  3  inches. 

Abundant  in  southern  California,  according  to  W.  G- 
Wright,  preferring  plains,  and  being  confined  mainly  to  the 
little  hot  valleys  which  traverse  them.  According  to  the  same 
author  the  life  of  the  insect  as  an  imago  is  very  brief,  "the 
shortest  of  any  Argynnid  that  I  know  of,  being  only  a  few  days 
in  length." 

Many  of  the  western  species  do  not  have  the  spots  on  the 
under  side  silvered,  but  are  none  the  less  beautiful  for  that. 
One  of  these  species,  without  silvery  spots,  the  spots  being 
creamy  white,  without  metallic  lustre,  is  the  beautiful  insect 
figured  on  Plate  XVI,  A.  rhodope,  the  under  side  of  the  female 
type  of  wThich  we  show.  There  are  nearly  a  dozen  species  of 
Argynnis  belonging  to  the  same  group  with  A.  rhodope,  but  the 
latter  is  the  most  beautiful  of  all  of  them. 

79 


PL.   XV 


PL.  XVI 


(8)  Argynnis  rhodope  Edwards.  Plate  XVI,  9  under  side 
(Type)  (Rhodope). 

The  wings  of  the  two  sexes  are  quite  alike  on  the  under  side. 
On  the  upper  side,  which  we  do  not  figure,  the  wings  are  bright 
fulvous,  dark  at  the  base,  marked  with  heavy,  black,  confluent 
spots.  Expanse  2.2  to  2.4  inches. 

Found  in  Washington  and  British  Columbia. 


GENUS  BRENTHIS  HUBNER 

(THE  LITTLE  FRITILLARIES). 

Small  or  medium-sized  butterflies,  closely  resembling  those 
of  the  genus  Argynnis.  The  chief  difference  is  that  in  Brenthis 
only  the  first  subcostal  nervule  branches  off  before  the  end 
of  the  cell,  while  in  Argynnis  the  first  and  second  are  thus 
given  off;  palpi  not  so  stout  as  in  Argynnis;  the  basal  spur 
of  the  median  vein  of  the  fore  wing,  found  in  Argynnis, 
is  wanting  in  Brenthis.  Eggs  subconical,  twice  as  wide  as 
high,  truncated,  vertically  ribbed.  Caterpillars  like  those, of 
Argynnis,  but  smaller,  and  often  lighter  in  color,  feeding  on 
80 


violets.     Chrysalis  pendant,   about  0.6  inch  long;   two  rows 
of  conical  tubercles  on  back. 

Sixteen  species  are  found  in  North  America,  all  of  which 
but  two  are  subarctic  or  occur  on  high  mountains. 

(1)  Brenihis  myrina  (Cramer),  Plate  XVII,  Fig.  1,  cT,  upper 
side;  Fig.  2,  cf ,  under  side  (The  Silver-bordered  Fritillary). 

Well  depicted  in  the  figures  we  give.  Expanse  1.40-1.70 
inch.  Eggs  pale  greenish  yellow.  Caterpillar,  when  fully 
grown,  about  0.87  inch  long,  dark  olive-brown,  marked  with 
lighter  green,  and  covered  with  spiny,  fleshy  tubercles.  Chrys- 
alis yellowish  brown  marked  with  darker  brown  spots,  some 
having  a  pearly  lustre. 

Ranges  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Alaska  and  southward  as  far 
as  the  mountains  of  the  Carolinas. 


(2)  Brenthis  montinus  Scudder,  Plate  XVII,  Fig.  3,  9 ,  under 
side  (The  White  Mountain  Fritillary). 

Upper  side  fulvous,  the  wings  at  base  darker  than  in  B. 
myrina,  the  black  markings  heavier.  Hind  wings  below  much 
darker  than  in  B.  myrina,  the  silvery  spots  being  quite  differ- 

81 


PL.  XVII 


PL.    XVIII 


ently  arranged,  the  most  conspicuous  being  a  bar  at  the  end 
and  a  round  spot  at  the  base  of  the  cell  of  the  hind  wing.  Ex- 
panse, cf,  1.50  inch;  9,  1.75  inch. 

A  small  species  living  on  the  summit  of  Mt.  Washington, 
New  Hampshire,  where  a  little  colony  has  survived  the  glacial 
epoch,  when  the  northeastern  parts  of  the  United  States  were 
covered  with  glaciers,  as  Greenland  is  to-day. 

(3)  Brenthis  bellona  (Fabricius),  Plate  XVIII,  J1  (The 
Meadow  Fritillary). 

The  only  species  of  the  genus,  except  B.  myrina,  found  in 
the  densely  settled  portions  of  the  continent.  Easily  dis- 
tinguished from  myrina  by  the  absence  on  the  under  side  of 
the  wings  of  the  silvery  spots,  which  make  the  Silver-bordered 
Fritillary  so  attractive.  It  is  generally  found  upon  the  wing 
in  the  late  summer  and  the  fall  of  the  year.  In  Pennsyl- 
vania it  may  be  found  when  the  asters  are  in  bloom. 

Common  throughout  Canada  and  the  northern  United 
States  as  far  west  as  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  as  far  south 
as  the  Carolinas.  Expanse  1.65-1.80  inch. 


82 


GENUS  MELIT^EA  (THE  CHECKER-SPOTS)  PL.  XIX 


Generally  small  or  medium-sized  butterflies.  Palpi  not 
swollen;  the  third  joint  finely  pointed;  clothed  with  long 
hairs.  Antennae  about  half  as  long  as  the  costal  margin  of 
fore  wing,  ending  with  a  short,  heavy,  spoon-shaped  knob. 
The  cell  hi  the  fore  wing  is  closed,  in  the  hind  wing  open. 
The  spots  and  markings  are  differently  arranged  from  those 
in  Argynnis  and  Brenthis;  the  wings  are  never  silvered  on  the 
under  side.  Eggs  subconical,  flattened  on  top,  fluted  on  the 
sides.  Caterpillars  gregarious  when  young,  then  separating; 
cylindrical,  covered  with  short  spines  set  with  diverging 
hairs;  feeding  upon  the  Scrophulariacece,  Castileja,  and  allied 
plants.  Chrysalis  rounded  at  the  head,  with  sharply  pointed 
tubercles  on  back,  white  or  pale  gray,  adorned  with  dark 
markings  and  orange  spots  on  back. 

There  are  many  species  in  the  north  temperate  zone.  Most 
of  the  more  than  thirty  species  in  North  America  are  confined 
to  the  western  part  of  the  continent,  only  two  being  found  east 
of  the  Mississippi. 

(1)  Melitcea  phaeton  (Drury),  Plate  XIX,  tf  (The  Balti- 
more). 

S3 


PL.    XX 


Easily  recognized  by  the  figure.  One  of  the  larger  species, 
the  male  having  a  width  of  1.75-2.00,  the  female  of  2.00-2.60 
inches.  Eggs  brownish  yellow  when  laid,  changing  to  crim- 
son, and  later  to  black;  deposited  in  clusters  on  balmony 
(Chelone  glabra).  Hatching  in  early  fall,  the  little  cater- 
pillars spin  a  web  or  tent  of  silk,  where  they  pass  the  winter. 
When  spring  comes,  they  scatter,  fall  to  feeding,  and  after 
the  fifth  moult  turn  into  chrysalids,  from  which  the  butter- 
flies soon  emerge. 

Found  locally  in  colonies  in  swampy  places,  where  balmony 
grows,  from  Quebec  to  west  of  Lake  Superior  and  south  to 
the  Carolina  mountains. 

(2)  Melitoea    chalcedon    Doubleday    and    Hewitson,    Plate 
XX,  Fig.  1,  d"  (Chalcedon). 

A  common  species  in  northern  California,  ranging  eastward 
as  far  as  Colorado  and  Wyoming.  One  of  the  larger  species, 
expanding  1.75-2.5  inches.  The  caterpillar  feeds  on  Mimulus 
and  Casiileja.  The  butterfly  is  variable,  the  females  in  par- 
ticular differing  ^n  the  size  of  the  light  spots  on  their  wings. 

(3)  Melitcea  macglashani  Rivers,  Plate  XX,  Fig.  2,  9  (Mac- 
glashan's  Checker-spot). 

84 


One  of  the  largest  species  in  the  genus,  exceeding  in  size 
the  two  foregoing,  having  a  width  of  from  1.85-3.00  inches; 
closely  resembling  M .  chalcedon,  but  the  outer  marginal  red 
spots  always  bigger  and  the  yellow  spots  paler  and  larger  than 
in  that  species.  Occurs  in  Utah,  Nevada,  and  California. 

(4)  M elitcea  harrisi  Scudder,  Plate  XXI,  Fig.  1,  9 ,  under 
side  (Harris'  Checker-spot). 

Fulvous  on  upper  side;  base  of  wings  and  outer  margins 
black,  black  margins  widest  at  apex.  Five  fulvous  spots  in 
cell  of  fore  wing,  two  below  it;  two  white  spots  on  apex. 
Under  side  of  wings  well  shown  in  the  figure  we  give.  Ex- 
panse 1.5-1.75  inch.  Eggs  lemon-yellow,  conoid,  flattened 
at  top,  ribbed.  Adult  caterpillar  reddish,  with  a  black  stripe 
on  middle  of  back,  nine  rows  of  black,  branching  spines  on 
body.  On  each  segment  a  black  band  in  front  of  the  spines, 
and  two  black  bands  behind  them.  Food-plants  Aster  and 
Diplopappus.  Chrysalis  pale  gray  or  white,  blotched  with 
dark  brown. 

Ranges  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Lake  Superior. 

(5)  Melitata  perse  Edwards,  Plate  XX,  Fig.  3,   cT-  Type. 
(The  Arizona  Checker-spot). 

85 


PL.    XXI 


PL.    XXII 


One  of  the  very  small  species  of  the  genus.  The  specimen 
we  figure  is  the  type,  that  is  to  say,  the  specimen  upon  which 
Edwards  founded  his  description  of  the  species.  Expanse  <? , 
1.00  inch;  9,  1.10  inch. 

Habitat  Arizona  and  northern  Mexico. 

(6)  Melitcea  dymas  Edwards,  Plate  XX,  Fig.  4,  9 .  Type 
(The  Least  Checker-spot). 

Even  smaller  than  the  preceding,  having  an  expanse  of  only 
0.85  to  1.00  inch.  It  is  much  paler  on  the  upper  side  than 
M.  perse,  and  the  markings  are  different. 

Ranges  from  southwestern  Texas  and  Arizona  to  Mexico. 

GENUS  PHYCIODES  DOUBLEDAY 

(THE   CRESCENT-SPOTS).  , 

Usually  quite  small  butterflies,  the  species  found  in  our 
region  being  some  shade  of  fulvous  or  reddish,  above  with 
dark  markings,  which  are  less  distinctly  reproduced  on  the 
paler  under  side  of  the  wings.  Of  the  spots  on  the  under  side 
the  most  characteristic  is  the  crescent  between  the  ends  of  the 
86 


second  and  third  median  nervules.  This,  when  present,  is  pearly  white  or  silvery  in  color. 
Structurally  these  insects  differ  most  markedly  from  the  preceding  genus  in  the  enlarged  second 
and  the  fine  very  sharp  third  joint  of  the  palpi.  Eggs  higher  than  wide,  slightly  ribbed  on  top, 
pitted  below,  giving  them  a  thimble-like  appearance.  Caterpillars  cylindrical,  with  rows  of 
short  tubercles,  much  shorter  than  the  spines  in  Melitcea,  dark  in  color,  marked  with  paler 
longitudinal  stripes.  Chrysalis  with  head  slightly  bifid,  generally  pale  in  color,  blotched 
with  brown. 

Numerous  species  occur  in  Central  and  South  America,  but  only  about  a  dozen  in  the 
United  States  and  Canada,  most  of  them  in  the  Southwestern  States. 

(1)  Phyciodes  nycteis  Doubleday  and  Hewitson,  Plate  XXI,  Fig.  2,  cT  (Nycteis). 
Easily  mistaken  on  the  wing  for  Melitcea  harrisi,  which  it  closely  resembles  on  the  upper 

side,  and  with  which  it  is  often  found  flying,  but  an  examination  of  the  under  side  at  once 
reveals  the  difference.  The  redder  fore  wings,  paler  hind  wings,  and  the  crescent  on  the  lower 
outer  border  of  these  are  marks  which  cannot  be  mistaken.  Expanse  o71,  1.25-1.65  inch;  9  , 
1.65-2.00  inches. 

Ranges  from  Maine  to  the  Carolinas  and  westward  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

(2)  Phyciodes  tharos  (Drury),  Plate  XXII,  Fig.  1,  d".     Variety  marcia  Edwards,  Plate 
XXII,  Fig.  2,  c?  (The  Pearl  Crescent). 

A  very  common  little  butterfly,  which  everybody  must  have  noticed  in  late  spring  or  early 
summer  flitting  about  lawns  and  gardens,  and  in  fall  abounding  upon  clumps  of  asters.  It 
may  easily  be  recognized  from  the  figures  given.  Expanse  from  1.25-1.65  inch.  The  variety 

87 


marcia  comes  from  larvae  which  have  hibernated  during  the  winter,  and  is  lighter  and  brighter 
in  color,  especially  beneath,  than  butterflies  of  the  later  summer  and  fall  broods. 

Eggs  laid  on  asters  and  related  plants;  greenish  yellow.  Matured  caterpillar  dark  brown, 
dotted  on  the  back  with  yellow;  adorned  with  short,  bristly,  black  spines,  yellow  at  base. 
Chrysalis  pale  gray,  blotched  with  spots  of  brown. 

Ranges  from  southern  Labrador  to  Florida  and  westward  to  the  Pacific  Coast. 

(3)  Phyciodes  batesi  (Reakirt),  Plate  XXII,  Fig.  3,  cT,  upper  side;  Fig.  4,  underside,  9 
(Bates'  Crescent-spot). 

Above  closely  resembling  P.  tharos,  but  with  the  dark  markings  much  heavier;  below  hind 
wings  quite  uniformly  pale  yellowish  fulvous,  with  a  row  of  very  pale  marginal  crescents;  ends 
of  veins  tipped  with  brown.  Expanse  1.25-1.65  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Virginia  and  westward  to  the  Mississippi. 

(4)  Phyciodes  pratensis  (Behr),  Plate  XXIII,  Fig.  1,  J>  (The  Meadow  Crescent). 
Closely  resembling  the  preceding,  but  fore  wings  not  as  curved  on  the  costal  margin, 

and  relatively  longer  and  narrower;  the  pale  markings  more  whitish,  not  so  red,  and  more 
clearly  defined.  On  the  under  side,  especially  in  the  female,  the  markings  are  heavier  than 
in  P.  batesi.  Expanse  1.15-1.40  inch. 

Ranges  from  Oregon  to  southern  California,  Arizona,  and  northern  Mexico. 

(5)  Phyciodes  camillus  Edwards,  Plate  XXIII,  Fig.  2,   cT.  under  side  (The  Camillus 
Crescent). 

Resembling  P.  pratensis,  but  the  pale  spots  on  fore  wings  paler,  and  on  hind  wings 


brighter  fulvous.     Below  the  dark  markings  not  nearly  so 
pronounced  as  in  P.  pratensis.    Expanse  1.3-1.6  inch. 

Ranges  from  British  Columbia  to  Colorado  and  Kansas  and 
south  into  Texas. 

(6)  Phydodes  picta  Edwards,  Plate  XXIII,  Fig.  3,  9 ,  under 
side  (The  Painted  Crescent). 

Below  fore  wings  red  on  median  area,  with  base,  costa,  apex, 
and  outer  margin  pale  yellow.  The  dark  spots  on  thi$  wing 
stand  out  prominently.  Hind  wings  nearly  uniformly  bright 
yellow.  Expanse  0.8-1.25  inch. 

Ranges  from  Nebraska  as  far  as  Mexico.  The  larvae  feed 
on  asters. 

GENUS  ERESIA  DOUBLEDAY 

Closely  allied  to  Phyciodes,  but  distinguished  from  it  by 
having  the  fore  wing  more  or  less  deeply  excavated  on  the 
outer  margin  about  its  middle,  and  the  light  spots  on  the 
hind  wings  arranged  in  regular  bands.  There  are  also  differ- 
ences in  the  form  of  the  chrysalids  and  caterpillars.  The 
genus  is  best  represented  in  Central  and  South  America,  where 
there  are  many  very  beautiful  species.  Only  three  occur  in 
our  region.  We  have  figured  two  of  these. 

89 


PL.    XXIII 


PL.    XXIV 


(1)  Eresia  frisia  (Poey),  Plate  XXIII,  Fig.  4,  tf   (Poey'g 
Crescent). 

Our  figure  of  the  upper  side  will  enable  any  one  to  recognize 
it.  Below  the  wings  are  fulvous,  mottled  with  dark  brown 
and  white,  and  the  spots  of  the  upper  side  reappear  as  white 
bands  and  markings.  Expanse  1.4-1.5  inch. 

Occurs  in  the  extreme  south  of  Florida  about  Key  West,  and 
is  not  uncommon  in  the  Antilles,  Mexico,  and  Central  America 

(2)  Eresia  texana  (Edwards),  Plate  XXIV,  Fig.  1,  9  (The 
Texan  Crescent). 

Well  represented  in  our  illustration.  Below  the  fore  wings 
are  fulvous  at  base,  and  broadly  marked  with  dark  brown  be- 
yond the  middle.  Hind  wings  at  base  marbled  wood-brown, 
and  dark  externally  like  the  fore  wings.  The  light  spots  of 
upper  side  reappear  on  lower  side,  but  not  so  distinctly.  Ex- 
panse 1.25-1.75  inch. 

Ranges  through  Texas  into  Mexico,  and  South  America. 
The  genus  Eresia  is  undoubtedly  one  of  those  which  originated 
in  the  warm  neotropical  regions  and  which  since  the  glacia\ 
epoch  have  spread  northward.  Many  of  our  genera  have 
come  to  us  from  the  South. 
00 


GENUS  SYNCHLOE  BOISDTJVAL  (THE  PATCH-SPOTS) 

Medium-sized  or  small  butterflies,  often  very  gayly  colored.  Wings  generally  more  pro- 
duced than  in  the  two  foregoing  genera,  more  excavated  on  outer  margin  of  primaries,  and 
third  joint  of  palpus  spindle-shaped,  not  sharp  like  the  point  of  a  needle,  as  in  Phyciodes 
and  Eresia.  The  lower  discocellular  vein  in  the  fore  wing  is  straight  and  not  angled,  as  in 
the  two  last-named  genera.  Eggs,  which  are  laid  in  clusters  upon  sunflowers  (Helianthus), 
like  those  of  Phyciodes  in  general  appearance;  the  caterpillars  and  chry solids  like  those  of 
Melitcea.  There  are  nlany  species  of  the  group  found  in  the  American  tropics,  and  among 
them  are  many  curious  mimetic  insects,  which  resemble  minature  Heliconians  and  Itho- 
miids.  Three  species  occur  in  our  southland,  one  of  which  we  figure. 

(1)  Synchloe  janais  (Drury),  Plate  XXIV,  Fig.  2,  cf  (The  Crimson-patch). 

The  upper  side  of  a  small  male  specimen  is  well  shown  in  our  figure.  Below  the  markings  of 
the  upper  side  are  reproduced  in  the  fore  wings.  Hind  wings  on  this  side  black  at  base  and 
on  outer  third.  The  basal  area  crossed  by  a  yellow  bar,  on  middle  of  wing  a  broad  yellow 
band,  washed  externally  with  crimson,  in  which  are  numerous  black  spots.  There  is  a 
marginal  row  of  yellow,  and  a  limbal  row  of  white  spots  parallel  to  the  outer  border. 
Expanse  2.50-3.00  inches. 

Ranges  through  southern  Texas,  Mexico,  and  Central  America. 


91 


PL.    XXV 


GENUS  GRAPTA  KIRBY  (THE  ANGLE-WINGS) 

Medium-sized  or  small  butterflies;  fore  wing  strongly 
acuminate  at  end  of  upper  radial,  deeply  excavated  on  outer 
and  inner  border;  hind  wing  tailed  at  end  of  third  median 
nervule;  cells  on  both  wings  closed;  palpi  heavily  scaled  be- 
neath. Upper  side  of  wings  tawny,  spotted  with  darker, 
under  side  mimicking  the  color  of  bark  and  dead  leaves,  often 
with  a  silvery  spot  about  middle  of  hind  wing.  The  butter- 
flies hibernate  in  winter.  Eggs  taller  than  broad,  tapering 
toward  top,  which  is  flat,  adorned  with  a  few  longitudinal 
ribs,  increasing  in  height  upward,  laid  in  clusters,  or  strung 
together,  then  looking  like  beads.  Larva  with  squarish  head; 
body  cylindrical,  adorned  with  branching  spines.  Chrysalids 
with  head  bifid;  prominent  tubercle  on  back  of  thorax;  two 
rows  of  dorsal  tubercles  on  abdomen;  compressed  laterally 
in  thoracic  region;  color  wood-brown  or  greenish.  The 
caterpillars  feed  upon  plants  of  the  nettle  tribe,  including  the 
elm  and  hops,  though  willows,  azalea,  and  wild  currants  are 
affected  by  different  species. 

The  genus  is  confined  to  the  northern  temperate  zone.  We 
have  about  a  dozen  species  in  America,  of  which  five  have  been 
selected  for  illustration. 


(1)  Grapta  interrogationis  (Fabricius;,  tormfabricii  Edwards, 
Plate  XXV,  tf  (The  Question-sign). 

The  largest  species  of  the  genus  in  our  fauna.  Dimorphic, 
the  upper  sides  of  the  hind  wings  in  the  form  fabricii  being 
fulvous  with  dark  markings,  those  of  the  form  umbrosa  Lintner 
being  uniformly  dark,  except  at  base.  In  the  Middle  States 
double-brooded.  The  second  brood  hibernates  in  the  winged 
form.  Expanse  2.50  inches. 

Found  throughout  Canada  and  the  United  States,  except 
on  the  Pacific  Coast. 

(2)  Grapta  comma  (Harris),  form  dry  as  Edwards,  Plate  XXVI, 
d1  (The  Comma  Butterfly). 

Larvae  feed  on  nettles;  some  are  almost  snow-white.  The 
species  is  dimorphic.  In  the  form  dryas  Edwards  the  hind 
wings  are  dark  above,  in  the  form  harrisi  Edwards  they  are 
lighter  in  color.  Expanse  1.75-2.00  inches. 

The  range  is  much  the  same  as  that  of  the  Question-mark. 

(3)  Grapta  faunus  Edwards,  Plate  XXVII,  9  (The  Faun). 
Readily  recognized  by  the  deep  indentations  of  the  hind 

wings,  the  heavy  black  border,  and  the  dark  tints  of  the  under 

93 


PL.    XXVI 


PL.    XXVIt 


side    mottled    conspicuously    with    paler    shades. 
2.00-2.15  inches.     The  larva  feeds  on  willows. 


Expanse 


Ranges  from  New  England  and  Ontario  to  the  Carolinas, 
thence  westward  to  the  Pacific. 

As  I  have  remarked  of  the  genus  Argynnis  that  it  is  difficult, 
so  also  I  may  say  of  the  genus  Grapta  that  it  provokes  much 
discussion  among  those  who  have  not  had  the  opportunity 
to  study  full  series  of  specimens  of  the  various  species.  The 
resemblances  are  very  great,  and  the  differences  are  not  ac- 
centuated, so  that  the  superficial  observer  is  easily  led  astray. 
The  differences  are,  however,  valid,  even  on  the  upper  side 
of  the  specimens,  which  are  more  nearly  alike  than  the  lower 
side.  Take  the  two  species  here  presented  to  view  on  opposite 
pages.  They  resemble  each  other  closely,  but  the  student 
will  soon  see  that  there  are  differences,  and  these  are  constant. 
On  the  under  side  they  are  very  great,  G.  faunus  being  light 
in  color  below,  while  G.  silenus  is  very  dark.  In  both  species 
at  the  end  of  the  cell  of  the  hind  wing  there  is  on  the  under 
side  a  silvery  spot  which  has  the  form  of  an  inverted  L  (rl), 
or  is  rudely  comma-shaped. 


(4)  Grapta  sdenus  Edwards,  Plate  XXVIII.  tf.  Type  (The 
Toper). 

Wings  in  form  very  much  like  those  of  G.  faunus,  but  the 
fore  wing  not  as  strongly  produced  at  the  ends  of  the  upper 
radial,  and  the  hind  wing  at  the  end  of  the  first  submedian. 
The  wings  are  much  darker  below  than  in  faunus,  without 
large  pale  spots,  at  most  sprinkled  with  white  scales.  Expanse 
2,00-2.30  inches. 

Occurs  in  British  Columbia,  Washington,  and  Oregon. 

The  life  history  of  this  species  is  not  as  yet  known.  It  is 
highly  probable  that  the  insect  has  the  same  tastes  as  the  other 
species  of  the  genus,  and  lives  upon  much  the  same  food-plants. 
The  late  W.  G.  Wright,  who  was  a  careful  observer,  states  that 
the  butterfly  haunts  partially  wooded  places  upon  hillsides  in 
the  region  where  it  is  found.  It  is  to  be  hoped  that  some 
bright  young  person  in  Oregon  or  Washington  may  succeed  in 
breeding  the  larvae  to  maturity,  giving  us  an  account  of  his 
observations.  It  is  a  mistake  to  suppose  that  everything 
which  is  worth  knowing  is  already  known  about  our  lepidoptera. 
There  is  much  for  the  students  of  the  future  to  find  out. 


PL.   XXVIII 


PL.    XXIX 


(5)  Grapta  progne  (Cramer),  Plate  XXIX,  <?  (The  Currant 
Angle- wing). 

Somewhat  smaller  than  any  of  the  foregoing  species.  Fore 
wings  light  fulvous  shading  into  yellow  outwardly.  The  dark 
markings  are  smaller  than  in  the  other  species,  but  pronounced 
and  clearly  defined.  Wings  below  very  dark,  sprinkled  with 
lighter  scales.  Expanse  1.85-2.00  inches. 

The  larva  feeds  upon  all  kinds  of  plants  belonging  to  the 
currant  family. 

Ranges  from  Siberia  to  Nova  Scotia,  thence  south  to  the 
latitude  of  Pennsylvania. 

GENUS  VANESSA  FABRICIUB 
(THE  TORTOISE-SHELLS). 

Butterflies  of  medium  size.  Eyes  hairy;  palpi  somewhat 
heavily  scaled;  cell  of  fore  wings  may  or  may  not  be  closed,  that 
of  hind  wing  always  open.  Fore  wings  more  or  less  excavated 
about  middle  and  somewhat  produced  at  ends  of  upper  radial 
and  first  median,  but  not  so  strongly  as  in  Grapta.  Hind'wings, 
with  outer  margin  toothed  at  ends  of  veins  and  strongly  pro- 
duced at  end  of  third  median  nervule.  Eggs  short,  ovoid 
80 


tapering  above,  and  having  a  few  narrow  longitudinal  ribs, 
which  increase  in  depth  upward;  laid  in  large  clusters.  Cater- 
pillars when  mature,  cylindrical,  with  longitudinal  rows  of 
branching  spines.  Feeding  upon  elms,  willows,  and  poplars. 
Chrysalis  not  unlike  that  of  Grapta. 

The  genus  is  restricted  to  the  north  temperate  zone  and  the 
colder  mountain  regions  of  subtropical  lands.  The  butterflies 
hibernate,  and  are  among  the  first  to  be  seen  in  the  springtime. 

(1)  Vanessa  antiopa  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XXX,  9  (The  Mourn- 
ing Cloak;  The  Camberwell  Beauty). 

This  familiar  insect  needs  no  description.  It  occurs  every- 
where in  the  north  temperate  zone.  Eggs  laid  in  large  masses 
on  willows,  poplars,  and  elms.  There  are  two  broods  in  the 
Middle  States,  the  second  hibernating  under  eaves  and  in 
hollow  trees.  Expanse  2.75-3.25  inches. 

There  is  a  rare  variety  of  this  insect  in  which  the  yellow 
border  becomes  broad,  reaching  the  middle  of  the  wings. 
Only  two  or  three  such  "sports"  are  known,  one  in  the  posses- 
sion of  the  author.  There  are  some  collectors  who  set  great 
store  by  such  "freaks"  or  "aberrations,"  as  they  are  called. 


PL.   XXX 


97 


PL.    XXXI 


(2)  Vanessa  j-album  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  XXXI,  cf 
(The  Compton  Tortoise). 

No  description  is  necessary  as  our  figure  will  enable  it  to  be 
immediately  recognized.  A  close  ally  of  the  European  Vanessa 
van-album.  Expanse  2.60-2.75  inches. 

Larva  feeds  upon  willows.  Confined  to  the  northern  parts 
of  the  country,  only  occurring  ift  Pennsylvania  upon  the  sum- 
mits of  the  higher  mountains,  and  ranging  thence  to  Labrador 
in  the  east  and  to  Alaska  in  the  northwest. 

(3)  Vanessa  milberti  Godart,  Plate  XXXII,   9   (Milbert's 
Tortoise-shell). 

Easily  distinguished  by  the  broad  yellow  submarginal  band 
on  both  wings,  shaded  outwardly  by  red.  Expanse  1.75  inch. 
The  larva  feeds  upon  nettles  (Urtica). 

Found  at  high  elevations  in  the  Appalachian  highlands, 
ranging  northward  to  Nova  Scotia  and  Newfoundland,  thence 
westward  to  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  the  Pacific  Coast,  its 
distribution  being  determined  by  temperature  and  the  presence 
of  its  food-plant,  though  its  distribution  seems  to  be  more  de- 
pendent upon  climate  than  upon  food,  as  nettles  abound  in  the 
Southern  States,  where  the  insect  is  never  found. 


PL    XXXII 

In  addition  to  the  three  species  of  Vanessa,  which  we  have 
figured  upon  our  plates,  it  should  be  mentioned  that  there  is  a 
very  pretty  species,  known  as  Vanessa  californica,  which  oc- 
curs upon  the  Pacific  Coast.  It  somewhat  closely  resembles 
the  European  Vanessa  urticae.  In  southern  California  it  is 
only  found  upon  the  mountains,  but  about  Vancouver  and 
elsewhere  in  British  Columbia  it  occurs  at  sea-level.  It  is  a 
pugnacious  little  thing,  and  fights  at  sight  any  other  butterfly 
which  comes  near.  The  food-plant  of  the  larva  is  Ceanothus 
thyrsiflorus.  W.  G.  Wright  informs  us  that  the  butterfly  in 
the  spring  delights  to  feed  upon  the  gum  of  Abies  concolor, 
when  it  is  still  fluid. 

GENUS  PYRAMEIS  DOUBLEDAY 
(THE  RED  ADMIRAL  AND  PAINTED  LADIES). 

The  butterflies  of  this  are  like  those  of  the  last  genus  in  the 
structure  of  their  wings,  except  that  the  hind  wings  are  not 
angulate,  and  below  the  hind  wings  are  generally  marked  with 
eye-like  spots.  Egg  ovoid,  closely  resembling  that  of  Vanessa. 
Larva  like  that  of  Vanessa,  but  spines  relatively  not  so  large 
and  not  so  distinctly  branching.  Form  of  chrysalis  very  like 

99 


that  of  Vanessa.  The  genus  includes  comparatively  few  spe- 
cies, but  most  have  a  very  wide  range,  Pyrameis  cardui  being 
almost  cosmopolitan  in  its  distribution,  having  a  wider  range 
than  that  of  any  other  butterfly. 

(1)  Pyrameis  atalanta  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XXXIII,  9  (The 
Red  Admiral).  .1 

This  familiar  butterfly  is  found  throughout  temperate  North 
America,  Europe,  northern  Africa,  and  temperate  Asia.  Ex- 
panse 2.00-2.50  inches. 

Larva  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  hop  vines,  on  nettles,  and 
Bcehmeria. 

(2)  Pyrameis  huntera  (Fabricius),  Plate  XXXIV,  cf  (Hunt- 
er's Butterfly). 

Marked  much  like  P.  cardui,  but  easily  discriminated  from 
it  by  the  two  large  eye-like  spots  on  the  under  side  of  the  hind 
wings.  Expanse  2.00  inches. 

Caterpillar  feeds  on  cud-weed  (Gnaphalium)  and  Antennaria. 
Ranges  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Mexico  and  Central  America, 
being  comparatively  rare  in  California,  but  more  abundant 
east  of  the  Sierras. 
100 


We  all  know  Hunter's  Butterfly.  How  many  know  that  its 
name  commemorates  that  of  a  most  remarkable  American, 
John  Dunn  Hunter?  Captured  by  the  Indians  in  his  infancy, 
he  never  knew  who  his  parents  were.  He  was  brought  up 
among  the  savages.  Because  of  his  prowess  in  the  chase  they 
called  him  "The  Hunter."  Later  in  life  he  took  the  name  of 
John  Dunn,  a  man  who  had  been  kind  to  him.  He  grew  up  as 
an  Indian,  but  after  he  had  taken  his  first  scalp  he  forsook  the 
red  men,  no  longer  able  to  join  them  in  their  bloody  schemes. 
He  went  to  Europe,  amassed  a  competence,  became  the  friend 
of  artists,  men  of  letters,  and  scientists.  He  was  a  prime  favor- 
ite with  the  English  nobility  and  with  the  King  of  England 
He  interested  himself  in  securing  natural  history  collections 
from  America  for  certain  of  his  acquaintances,  and  Fabricius 
named  the  beautiful  insect  shown  on  our  plate  in  his  honor. 
His  Memoirs  of  Captivity  Among  the  Indians  are  well  worth 
reading.  In  that  charming  book,  Coke  of  Norfolk  and  His 
Friends,  which  recently  has  been  published,  there  are  some 
most  interesting  reminiscences  of  this  American  gentleman,  for 
gentleman  he  was,  although  reared  by  savages.  The  pre- 
sumption is  established  that  his  unknown  progenitors  were 
gentlefolk.  "Blood  will  tell." 

101 


Pl_.    XXXIV 


PL.    XXXV 


(3)  Pyrameis  cardui  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XXXV,  $  (The 
Painted  Lady;  The  Thistle  Butterfly). 

Easily  distinguished  from  the  preceding  by  the  numerous 
and  much  smaller  eye-spots  forming  a  band  on  the  under  side 
of  the  hind  wings.  Expanse  2.00-2.25  inches. 

Found  all  over  the  world,  except  in  the  tropical  jungles  of 
equatorial  lands. 

The  caterpillars  feed  on  various  species  of  thistles,  nettles, 
and  marshmallows. 

GENUS  JUNONIA  HUBNEB 

(PEACOCK  BUTTERFLIES). 

Medium-sized  butterflies  with  eye-spots  on  upper  side  of 
wings.  Neuration  almost  exactly  like  that  of  the  genus  Pyra- 
meis, save  for  the  fact  that  the  cell  of  the  fore  wing  is  usually, 
and  of  the  hind  wing  always,  open.  Egg  broader  than  high, 
flattened  on  top  and  adorned  by  ten  very  narrow  and  low  ver- 
tical ribs.  Caterpillars  cylindrical,  longitudinally  striped,  and 
with  several  rows  of  branching  spines.  Chrysalis  arched  on 
back,  curved  inwardly  in  front,  and  somewhat  bifid  at  head, 
with  the  two  projections  rounded. 
102 


There  are  a  score  of  species,  most  of  which  are  found  in  the 
tropics  of  the  Old  World.  Three  occur  in  our  region,  two  of 
which  are  found  in  the  extreme  south.  The  one  which  is  com- 
mon we  have  figured. 

(1)  Junonia  ccenia  Hubner,  Plate  XXXVI,  d1  (The  Buck- 
eye). 

The  spots  of  the  upper  side  reappear  on  the  lower  side,  but 
are  much  smaller,  especially  on  the  hind  wings.  Expanse  2.00- 
2.25  inches. 

The  larva  feeds  most  commonly  on  plantains  (Plantago), 
snapdragons  (Antirrhinum),  and  Gerardia. 

Very  common  in  the  Southern  States,  ranging  as  far  north 
as  New  England,  west  to  the  Pacific,  and  south  into  South 
America. 

GENUS  ANARTIA  DOUBLEDAY. 

v '  i          .   *  •'.'•...  . 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  having  a  weak,  hovering  flight, 
and  keeping  near  the  ground.  Palpi  have  the  second  joint 
thick,  the  third  joint  tapering,  lightly  clothed  with  scales. 
Fore  wings  rounded  at  apex,  the  outer  and  inner  margins 
lightly  excavated,  cell  closed  by  a  feeble  lower  discocellular, 

'     103 


PL.    XXA.I 


PL.   XXXV-li 


which  often  is  wanting,  thus  leaving  the  cell  open  Outer 
margin  of  hind  wings  sinuous,  produced  at  end  of  third  median 
nervule,  cell  open.  First  and  second  subcostal  nervules  in 
fore  wing  fuse  with  costal. 

There  are  four  species  of  this  genus,  one  of  which  occurs  in 
the  United  States,  the  rest  being  found  in  tropical  America. 

(1)  Anartia  jatrophce  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XXXVII,  cT  (The 
White  Peacock). 

The  figure  we  give  will  readily  serve  to  identify  this  insect, 
which  occurs  in  Florida  and  Texas,  and  ranges  thence  south- 
ward to  Argentina.  Expanse  1.75-2.00  inches. 

GENUS  EUNICA  HUBNER 
(THE  VIOLET-WINGS). 

Rather  small  butterflies.  Antennae  long  and  slender,  with 
enlarged  club,  having  two  grooves.  Third  joint  of  palpi  of 
female  longer  than  that  of  male.  The  fore  wing  has  the  costal 
and  median  vein  enlarged  and  swollen  at  the  base.  The  upper 
discocellular  vein  is  wanting,  the  cell  is  lightly  closed.  The 
hind  wing  is  rounded,  with  its  outer  margin  entire. 
104 


The  species  of  the  genus  have  the  upper  side  of  the  wings 
dark  brown  or  black  glossed  with  violet,  blue,  or  purple.  Be- 
low the  wings  are  very  beautifully  marked.  There  are  about 
seventy  species  which  have  been  described,  all  of  them  from 
the  American  tropics,  two  of  which,  however,  come  within  our 
borders,  Eunica  tatila,  occurring  in  Florida,  and  the  following: 

(1)  Eunica  monima  (Cramer),  Plate  XXXVIII,  Fig.  1,  cf; 
Fig.  2,  9  (The  Dingy  Purple-wing). 

This  obscure  little  butterfly  represents  its  genus  in  Texas 
and  Florida,  and  gives  but  a  faint  idea  of  the  beauty  of  many 
of  its  congeners.  It  ranges  southward  and  is  common  in 
Mexico  and  the  Greater  Antilles.  Expanse  1.35-1.50  inch. 

GENUS  CYSTINEURA  BOISDUVAL 
(THE  BAG-VEINS). 

Small,  delicate  butterflies  with  elongated  fore  wings,  having 
the  costal  vein  much  swollen  near  the  base,  somewhat  as  in  the 
SaiyrinoE,  The  upper  discocellular  is  lacking  in  the  fore  wing, 
and  the  cell  is  feebly  closed.  Outer  margin  of  the  hind  wing 

105 


FL.  XXXVI I ; 


PI       XXX IX 

— ™«       feebly  crenulate;  cell  open;  the  two  radials  spring  from  a  com- 
mon point.  • 

A  number  of  species  and  local  races  have  been  described. 

,/VT'  (1)  Cystineura  amymone  Mene  cries,  Plate  XXXIX,  cf  (The 

Texas  Bag- vein). 

On  the  under  side  the  gray  markings  of  the  upper  side  are 
replaced  by  yellow,  and  on  the  hind  wings  there  is  a  transverse 
white  band  near  the  base  and  an  incomplete  row  of  white  spots 
on  the  limbal  area.  Expanse  1.50  inch. 

Ranges  from  Kansas  southward  through  Texas  into  Central 
America. 

GENUS  CALLICORE  HUBNER 
(THE  LEOPARD-SPOTS). 

Small  butterflies;  the  upper  side  of  the  wings  dark  in  color 
marked  with  bands  of  metallic  blue  or  silvery  green,  the  lower 
side  more  or  less  brilliantly  colored,  the  fore  wings  of  some 
shade  of  crimson  or  yellow,  banded  near  the  apex,  the  hind 
wings  silvery  white  or  some  pale  tint,  with  circular  bands  of 
black  enclosing  round  or  pear-shaped  black  spots.  ? 

106 


There  are  about  thirty-five  species  of  the  genus  thus  far 
known,  all  of  which  are  found  south  of  our  limits,  except  the 
one  we  figure. 

(1)  Callicore  clymena  Hiibner,  Plate  XL,  Fig.  1,  cf,  upper 
side;  Fig.  2,  9  ,  under  side  (The  Leopard-spot). 

Found  in  Florida,  but  though  quite  common  farther  south, 
appears  to  be  rather  local  and  rare  in  the  peninsula.  Expanse 
1.75  inch. 


GENUS  TIMETES  BOISDUVAL  (THE  DAGGER- WINGS). 

Medium-sized  butterflies.  Palpi  moderately  long,  thickly 
clothed  with  scales,  the  last  joint  pointed.  Fore  wing  usually 
somewhat  falcate  at  apex,  deeply  excavated  on  outer  margin; 
hind  wing  greatly  produced  at  the  end  of  the  third  median 
nervule,  the  wings  being  tailed  in  such  a  way  as  to  make  them 
resemble  some  species  of  Papilio.  There  is  also  a  prolongation 
of  the  outer  margin  of  the  wing  between  the  extremity  of  the 
submedian  vein  and  the  first  median  nervule.  On  the  upper 
side  the  wings  are  generally  dark  in  color,  often  marked  with 

107 


PL.  XLI 


transverse  bands  and  lines;  on  the  lower  side  they  are  light  in 
color,  with  pronounced  darker  bands. 

Of  the  thirty  species  thus  far  known  four  occur  within  our 
territory,  all  of  them  being  found  far  south. 

(1)  Timetes  coresia  (Godart),  Plate  XLI,  cf,  under  side 
(The  Waiter). 

Easily  recognized  by  the  figure  we  give.  As  I  stated  in  "The 
Butterfly  Book"  it  deserves  the  trivial  name  I  have  given  it, 
its  black  upper  side  and  the  white  vest  it  wears  suggesting  the 
functionary  who  attends  us  at  table.  Expanse  2.50  inches. 

Occasionally  found  in  Texas. 

GENUS  HYPOLIMNAS  HUBNER 
(THE  TROPIC  QUEENS). 

Large  butterflies,  our  species  being  one  of  the  smallest  of 
the  genus.  Palpi  produced,  heavily  scaled,  rising  above  the 
head.  Fore  wings  excavated  on  the  outer  margin;  costal  and 
median  veins  stout;  upper  discocellular  vein  wanting,  and  lower 
discocellular  feeble  or  lacking.  Hind  wings  somewhat  crenu- 
late  on  the  outer  margin,  the  cell,  which  is  relatively  quite 
small,  being  feebly-closed  b'y  an  attenuated  veinlet. 
108 


The  genus,  which  is  quite  large,  reaches  its  greatest  develop- 
ment in  the  tropics  of  the  Old  World,  and  there  is  only  one 
species  in  the  western  hemisphere,  which  may  have  been  in- 
troduced in  the  old  days  of  the  slave  trade.  Most  of  the  species 
are  mimics  and  the  strange  thing  is  that  the  mimicking  form 
is  generally  the  female,  which  has  the  color  a.**A  markings  of 
some  one  or  other  of  the  milkweed  butterflie"  ~~  the  African 
and  oriental  tropics.  The  female  of  our  species  patterns  after 
the  markings  of  Danais  chrysippus,  a  common  milkweed  but- 
terfly of  Africa.  This  adaptation  of  species  t~  *^e  form  and 
color  of  "protected"  insects  is  of  course  not  con&**nzs.  It  is  the 
result  of  a  long  evolution  in  past  ages. 

(1)  Hypolimnas  misippus  (Linnaeus),  Plate  ^ri-TT,  tf ;  Plate 
XLIII,  9  (The  Mimic). 

Occurs  in  Florida,  the  Antilles,  and  northern  Jioiith  America. 
While  very  abundant  in  Africa,  it  seems  to  be  scarce  in  the  New 
World.  The  female  differs  greatly  from  the  male  on  the  upper 
side  of  the  wings,  but  resembles  that  sex  OP  *-ke.  lower  side. 
Expanse  &t  2.50  inches;  $  ,  3.00  inches. 


PL.   XLII 


PL.   XLIII 


GENUS  BASILARCH1A  SCUDDEB 
(THE  WHITE  ADMIRALS). 

Rather  large  butterflies.  Fore  wings  subtriangular,  rounded 
at  the  apex,  and  lightly  excavated  on  the  lower  two  thirds  of 
the  outer  margin.  Hind  wings  rounded,  somewhat  crenulate. 
Egg  nearly  spherical  (see  Plate  C,  Fig.  /)  pitted  with  large 
hexagonal  cells.  The  caterpillar  in  its  mature  state  cylindrical, 
with  the  second  segment  adorned  with  two  prominent  club- 
shaped  tubercles,  and  the  fifth,  ninth,  and  tenth  segments  also 
having  raised  tubercles  (see  Plate  C,  Fig.  h).  They  feed  upon 
oaks,  birches,  willows,  and  lindens,  preferably  the  two  latter. 
The  caterpillars  after  hatching  hibernate  in  little  winter  quar- 
ters, which  they  make  out  of  the  fragment  of  a  small  leaf, 
which  they  tie  together  with  silken  threads,  and  also  secure 
to  the  twig  by  a  few  strands.  The  chrysalis  has  a  projecting 
boss  on  the  back;  the  head  is  either  rounded  or  slightly  bifid. 

There  are  a  number  of  species  in  the  United  States,  several 
of  which  mimic  other  butterflies  in  a  singular  manner,  B. 
disippus  closely  resembling  Anosia  plexippus.  The  caterpil- 
lars do  not  pupate  until  summer  has  come;  the  butterflies  take 
wing  when  the  lindens  bloom.  *  .  *  • .  ••„.  .-  * 


110 


(1)  Basilarchia  astyanax  (Fabricius),  Plate  XLIV,  9  (The 
Red-spotted  Purple). 

Our  figure  gives  a  good  idea  of  the  upper  side  of  the  wings. 
On  the  lower  side  the  wings  are  brown,  banded  with  black  on 
the  margins,  the  inner  row  of  marginal  spots  being  red,  with 
two  red  spots  at  the  base  of  the  fore  wings,  and  four  such  spots 
at  the  base  of  the  hind  wings.  Palpi  white  below;  a  white 
stripe  along  the  sides  of  the  abdomen.  Expanse  3.00-3.25 
inches.  The  egg  and  caterpillar  are  shown  on  Plate  C.  The 
caterpillar  is  found  on  a  variety  of  plants,  but  most  commonly 
on  lindens,  willows,  and  wild  cherry  trees. 

Found  all  over  the  United  States  and  Canada,  as  far  west 
as  the  Rocky  Mountains,  but  not  in  the  very  hot  lowlands  of 
the  Gulf  region.  Is  said  to  occur  on  the  uplands  of  Mexico. 

Between  B.  astyanax  and  the  following  species,  B.  arthemis, 
there  is  more  or  less  affinity.  They  represent  two  lines  of  evo- 
lution from  a  common  ancestry,  and  there  are  evidences  cf 
atavic  reversion  to  type  constantly  occurring  in  both  forms. 
They  even  occasionally  interbreed  with  each  other,  and  hy- 
brids are  not  altogether  uncommon.  The  whole  genus  in  fact 
is  in  a  more  or  less  plastic  state,  and  well  deserves  the  careful 
attention  of  biologists. 

Ill 


PL.    XLIV 


pi        XIV 

(2)  BanlarcMa  arthemis  (Drury),  Plate  XL V,  tf  (The Banded 
Purple). 

Our  figure  shows  the  upper  side  of  the  form  which  is  most 
usual.  It  will  be  seen  that  there  are  red  spots  on  the  hind 
wings  behind  the  white  band.  There  is  a  variety  called  proser- 
pina  in  which  the  white  band  becomes  very  narrow  and  the 
red  spots  almost  or  entirely  disappear.  When  the  white  band 
and  the  red  spots  wholly  disappear,  as  they  sometimes  do,  it  is 
almost  impossible  to  distinguish  this  species  from  B.  astyanax. 
Expanse  2.50-2.75  inches.  The  egg  has  "kite-shaped"  cells. 
The  caterpillar  feeds  on  willows,  hawthorns,  and  wild  apple 
and  plum  trees. 

Found  in  Canada,  New  England,  and  southward  in  Penn- 
sylvania upon  the  higher  ranges  of  the  mountains.     It  is  a 
northern  form.     It  has  not  thus  far  been  recorded , from  thf 
western  half  of  the  continent,  where  it  is  replaced  by  a  some 
what   similarly  marked,    but    larger,   species,   known  as   / 
W eidemeyeri.     The  latter  insect  is  found  as  far  east  as  westei 
Nebraska  and  Colorado.     I  have  taken  it  very  frequently  ii- 
.  Wyoming  about  Laramie  Peak,  where  it  seems  to  be  a  common 
snsect  in  the  wooded  canyons- 


PL.   XLVI 


(3)  Basuarchia  disippus 
(Godart),  Plate  XLVI,  rf ; 
Plate  C,  Fig.  /,  egg;  Fig. 
h,  larva.     (The  Viceroy). 

Mimics  Anosia  plexip- 
pus.  Range  from  Canada 
to  the  Gulf. 

This  is  one  of  the  most 
striking  cases  of  mimicry 
which  occurs  in  our  fauna. 

(4)  Basilarchia  lorquini 
(Boisdnval),  Plate  XLVII, 
tf  (Lorquin's  Admiral). 

Easily  distinguished  by 
white  bar  at  end  of  cell  of 
fore  wing  and  red  spot  at 
apex.  Expanse  2.25-2.75 
inches. 


HL.    XLV'll 


113 


PL.  XLVlll  GENUS  ADELPHA  HUBNER  (THE  SISTERS). 

Cell  of  fore  wing  lightly  closed,  of  hind  wing  open;  outer 
margin  of  wings  rarely  excavated.  The  chrysalids  have  pe- 
culiar forms,  having  bifid  heads  and  broad  wing-cases;  marked 
with  metallic  spots  on  a  brown  ground. 

There  are  many  species  in  tropical  America,  some  of  which 
are  very  showy;  only  one  occurs  within  our  limits. 

(1)  Adelpha  californica  Butler,  Plate  XLVIII,  6"  (The  Cali- 
fornian  Sister). 

The  insect,  well  displayed  in  our  figure,  has  ah  expanse  of 
from  2.50-3.00  inches.  The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  oaks.  The 
range  is  through  southern  California,  Nevada,  southern  Utah, 
Arizona,  and  Mexico. 


GENUS  CHLORIPPE  BOISDUVAL 
(THE  EMPEROR  BUTTERFLIES). 

Small  butterflies  generally  of  some  shade  of  fulvous,  with  a 
submarginal  row  of  eye-like  spots  on  the  hind  wings,  and  in  a 
114 


few  species  with  a  similar  spot  on  the  fore  wings.  The  apex  of 
the  fore  wing  is  somewhat  truncated  and  the  lower  two  thirds 
is  slightly  excavated.  Hind  wings  somewhat  elongated  pos- 
teriorly at  the  anal  angle.  Outer  margins  more  or  less  crenu- 
late.  Eggs  nearly  globular,  broad  on  top,  ornamented  with 
eighteen  to .  twenty  broad,  but  low,  vertical  ribs,  between 
which  are  delicate  crosslines;  laid  in  clusters.  Head  of  cater- 
pillar squarish,  crowned  by  two  diverging  spines  on  which  are 
many  little  spinules.  Back  of  the  head  there  is  a  frill  of  spines. 
Body  thickest  at  the  middle,  tapering  fore  and  aft.  Hind  pair 
of  pro-legs  long  and  diverging.  They  feed  upon  hackberry 
trees  (Cdtis).  The  chrysalis  has  a  very  remarkable  arrange- 
ment of  the  cremaster,  which  is  disk-like,  studded  with  hooks; 
the- whole  so  arranged  that  the  pupa,  when  suspended,  hangs 
with  the  ventral  or  belly  side  parallel  to  the  supporting  surface. 

There  are  numerous  species  in  the  genus,  many  of  them  trop- 
ical and  very  brilliant,  only  two  commonly  occur  in  the  north- 
ern portions  of  our  territory,  the  others  found  within  our  limits 
being  inhabitants  of  the  Southern  States. 

(1)  Chlorippe  celtis  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  XLIX,  Fig. 
1,  c?  (The  Hackberry  Butterfly). 

Under  side  grayish  purple,  with  the  spots  and  markings  of 

115 


PL.  XLIX 


PL. 


the  upper  side  reappearing.     Female  larger,  and,  as  always  is 
the  case  in  the  genus,  with  the  fore  wings  not  so  pointed  as  in 
the  male,  and  the  ground-color  paler.     Expanse  cT,  1.80  inch; 
9  ,-  2.10  inch. 
Ranges  from  New  Jersey  west  and  south  to  the  Gulf. 

(2)  Chlorippe  clyton  Boisduval   &   Leconte,  Plate  XLIX, 
Fig.  2,  <?  (The  Tawny  Emperor). 

A  larger  species  than  the  preceding;  tawnier  on  the  upper  side 
of  the  wings  and  lacking  the  red-ringed  eye-spot  on  the  fore 
wing.  Female  much  larger  than  the  male,  paler  in  color,  with 
the  eye-spots  on  the  hind  wings  black  and  conspicuous.  Ex- 
panse cf,  2.00  inches;  9  ,  2.50-2.65  inches. 

Occurs  rather  rarely  in  New  England,  and  extends  westward 
to  Michigan,  thence  southward  to  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 

(3)  Chlorippe  flora  Edwards,  Plate  L,  Fig.  1,  cT ,  Type  (The 
Red  Emperor). 

Like  C.  clyton  this  species  has  no  red-ringed  eye-spot  on  the 
fore  wing.  The  ground-color  on  the  upper  side  is  bright  red- 
dish fulvous;  the  hind  wings  are  not  heavily  obscured  with 
brown,  as  is  the  case  in  C.  clyton,  and  the  black  ocelli  stand 
forth  very  prominently  upon  the  lighter  ground.  The  hind 
116 


wings  are  more  strongly  angulated  than  in  any  other  North 
American  species,  and  are  solidly  bordered  with  black.  Ex- 
panse cf ,  1.75;  9  ,  2.35  inches.  Ranges  from  Florida  westward 
along  the  borders  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  to  Texas. 

(4)  Chlorippe  alicia  Edwards,  Plate  L,  Fig.  2,  d\  Type  (The 
Buff  Emperor), 

Resembles  C.  cettis  in  having  an  ocellus  in  the  fore  wing,  but 
it  may  at  once  be  distinguished  by  its  larger  size  in  both  sexes, 
the  paler  color  of  the  wings  on  the  upper  side,  which  shade  from 
pale  fulvous  at  the  base  into  light  buff  outwardly,  upon  which 
the  eye-spots  on  the  hind  wings  show  up  very  prominently. 
Expanse  cT,  2.00;  9  ,  2.50  inches. 

The  range  of  this  species  is  the  same  as  that  of  the  preceding. 

GENUS  HYPANARTIA  HUBNER  (THE  BANDED  REDS) 

Medium-sized  butterflies.  Palpi  well  clothed  with  scales, 
the  second  and  third  joints  very  nearly  of  the  same  size,  the 
latter  blunt.  Fore  wings  square  at  the  apex,  slightly  excavated 
about  the  middle,  the  cell  being  closed  by  a  stoutdower  disco- 
cellular  vein,  moJe-'o^fess  continuous  with  the  third  median 
nervule.  Hind  wing  strongly  produced  at  the  end  of  the  third 

117 


PL.   LI 


•B 


PL.   Lit 


median  nervule,  rounded  at  the  outer  angle,  with  two  short 
tooth-like  projections  before  the  anal  angle. 

There  are  less  than  a  dozen  species  of  the  genus,  most  of 
which  are  South  American,  but  there  are  two  in  Africa  and  one 
in  Madagascar.  Only  one  occurs  within  the  United  States, 
and  is  confined  to  the  extreme  south. 

(1)  Hypanartia  lethe  (Fabricius),  Plate  LI,  c?  (The  Orange- 
banded  Red). 

Occurs  as  a  straggler  in  our  fauna  in  the  extreme  southern 
part  of  Texas,  but  is  very  abundant  farther  south.  Expanse 
2.00  inches. 

GENUS  SMYRNA  HUBNER 

There  are  only  two  species  of  this  genus  and  they  closely 
resemble  each  other,  so  that  it  is  hard  to  tell  them  apart.  The 
one  which  occurs  in  our  borders  has  the  hind  wing  rounded  at 
the  anal  angle,  the  other,  S.  blomfildi,  has  the  anal  angle  of  the 
hind  wing  squared,  with  a  slight  tail-like  prolongation.  On 
the  under  side  both  species  are  marked  in  much  the  same  way. 

(1)  Smyrna  Jcarwinskii  Hiibner,  Plate  LIT,  9  (Karwinski's 
Beauty). 

118 


The  insect  may  be  at  once  recognized  by  the  figure  we  give. 
Expanse  3.00-3.25  inches. 

It  occurs  in  southern  Texas  and  ranges  southward  into  Brazil. 

GENUS  C(EA  HUBNEB 

This  is  a  monotypic  genus,  that  is  to  say,  it  contains  only 
one  species.  It  is  therefore  not  necessary  to  take  up  much 
space  in  describing  it,  because  the  figure  we  give  will  enable 
the  reader  at  once  to  recognize  it.  It  is  a  very  powerful  in- 
sect on  the  wing. 

(1)  Ccea  acheronta  (Fabricius),  Plate  LIII.  <3»  (The  Dash- 
wing). 

This  lovely  insect,  which  has  a  certain  resemblance  to  the 
following  species,  is  common  in  the  Greater  Antilles,  Mexico, 
and  Central  America.  It  occurs  about  Brownsville,  Texas, 
but  is  not  common  there.  Expanse  3.00-3.25  inches. 

GENUS  AGANISTHOS  BOISDUVAL 

The  genus,  like  the  preceding,  is  monotypic,  and  contains 
but  the  one  species  A.  odius  (Fabricius).  It  is  so  striking  and 

110 


PL.    LIII 


LlV 

? y  .-r  so  easily  recognizable  by  the  figure  we  give  on  Plate  LIV  that 
nothing  more  need  be  said,  except  that  it  has  a  wide  range 
through  the  American  tropics,  being  found  in  southern  Florida 
and  Texas,  the  Greater  Antilles,  and  from  Mexico  to  southern 
Brazil.  Expanse  3.75-4.00  inches. 

GENUS  PYRRHAN^EA  SCHATZ 

Medium-sized  butterflies.  Front  wings  falcate  at  apex; 
hind  wings  tailed  at  end  of  third  median  nervule.  Costal 
margin  of  fore  wing  angulated  at  base,  inner  margin  straight. 
Upper  side  of  wings  generally  fulvous  or  red;  lower  side  mottled 
and  marked  so  as  to  resemble  dried  leaves.-  Egg  spheroid, 
flattened  at  base,  depressed  on  top,  marked  with  a  few  rows  of 
raised  points  about  summit.  Caterpillar  with  head  globular, 
first  segment  behind  it  much  smaller  than  head;  body  cylin- 
drical tapering  behind.  Chrysalis  short,  stout,  keeled  on  sides; 
cremaster  globular  at  tip,  and  so  arranged  as  to  cause  the 
chrysalis  to  hang  at  a  slant. 

This  is  a  large  genus  characteristic  of  the  American  tropics. 
The  larvae  feed  on  euphorbiaceous  and  lauraceous  plants,  after 
the  third  moult  making  hiding-places  for  themselves  by  rolling 
120 


up  leaves  and  tying  them  with  silk.     There  are  three  species 
in  the  United  States,  two  of  which  we  figure. 

(1)  Pyrrhanoea  andria  (Scudder),  Plate  LV,  tf  (The  Goat- 
weed  Butterfly). 

Bright  red  above,  margins  dusky;  on  under  side  gray  dusted 
with  brown  scales.  Females  marked  by  incomplete  pale  bands 
on  the  limbal  area.  Expanse  cf »  2.50;  9  >  3.00  inches.  Larva 
feeds  on  Croton  capitatum.  Ranges  from  Illinois  and  Nebraska 
to  Texas. 

(2)  Pyr.'ancea  morrisoni  (Edwards),  Plate  LVI,  ?  (Mor- 
r son's  Goatv  eed  Butterfly). 

More  brilliantly  and  deeply  red  on  upper  side  than  preceding 
species.  Both  male  and  female  have  the  wings  with  bands  of 
lighter  color  on  the  limbal  area,  but  these  are  not  solid,  as  in  the 
female  of  P.  andria,  but  made  up  of  spots,  as  shown  in  the 
figure.  Expanse  2.25-2.50  inches. 

Found  in  Arizona  and  Mexico.  f 

The  genus  which  is  here  engaging  our  attention  is  one 
which  is  wonderfully  well  represented  in  the  New  World, 
where  it  takes  the  place  of  the  magnificent  insects  belonging 

121 


PL.    LV 


PL.    LVI 


to  the  genus  Charaxes  of  the  tropics  of  the  Old  World.  On 
the  under  side  they  closely  mimic  dried  leaves.  This  assim- 
ilation to  the  color  of  dead  leaves  is  protective. 

GENUS  AGERONIA  HUBNER  (THE  CALICOES). 

Medium  or  moderately  large-sized  butterflies.  Costal  and 
subcostal  fused  near  base;  cells  of  both  wings  closed.  Upper 
side  of  wings  curiously  marked  with  checkered  spots,  generally 
some  shade  of  blue  with  white;  under  side  with  broad  paler 
shades:  white,  yellow,  or  red.  They  are  rapid  fliers,  alight  on 
the  trunks  of  trees  head  downward,  wings  expanded  against 
the  bark  of  the  tree.  When  they  fly  they  make  a  clicking 
sound  with  their  wings.  The  manner  in  which  this  sound  is 
produced  is  a  mystery.  Bates  in  his  A  Naturalist  on  the  Ama- 
zons writes  about  it  but  gives  no  explanation.  In  my  rambles 
in  tropical  forests  I  have  heard  it  as  the  insects  gyrated  above 
my  head,  but  I  do  not  know  how  the  sound  is  made. 

There  are  about  thirty  species  of  the  genus  in  tropical 
America,  two  of  which  are  occasionally  found  in  southern 
Texas. 


122 


(1)  Ageronia  feronia  (Linnaeus),  Plate  LVII,  <?  (The  White- 
skirted  Calico). 

The  ground-color  of  the  under  side  is  broadly  white,  while 
that  of  the  other  species  in  our  fauna,  A.  fornax,  is  yellow. 
They  may  thus  be  easily  told  apart. 


GENUS  VICTORINA  BLANCHARD 
(THE  MALACHITES). 

Large  butterflies,  conspicuously  marked  with  pale  green 
spots  surrounded  by  darker  color.  On  the  under  side  the 
wings  are  paler,  and  have  a  satiny  lustre,  the  edges  of  the  light 
spots  on  this  side  marbled  with  brown.  Neuration  of  fore 
wing  singular  in  that  the  upper  and  lower  discocellulars  are 
wanting  and  the  radials  seem  to  spring  from  the  lower  side  of 
the  subcostal  before  the  middle;  the  third  median  is  strongly 
bowed  upward.  Hind  wing  tailed  at  end  of  the  third  median 
nervule. 

There  are  five  species  of  the  genus  thus  far  known,  all  be- 
longing to  the  American  tropics,  one  of  which  occurs  in  Florida 
and  Texas. 

123 


PL.    LVII1 


(1)  Victorina  steneles  (Linnaeus),  Plate  LVIII,  cf  (The  Pearly 
Malachite). 

There  is  no  need  of  an  elaborate  description  of  this  species, 
as  it  is  the  only  one  of  its  genus  in  our  borders,  and  the  figure 
we  give  is  fully  recognizable.  Expanse  3.50-4.00  inches. 

SUBFAMILY  SATYRIN^E  (THE  SATYRS). 

Butterflies  generally  of  medium  size,  obscure  in  color,  their 
wings,  especially  on  the  under  side,  ornamented  with  dark 
eye-like  spots,  pupilled  in  the  centre  with  a  light  point  and 
ringed  around  with  one  or  more  circles  of  lighter  color.  They 
have  a  weak  flight,  dancing  about  in  the  herbage  and  often 
hiding  among  grasses  and  weeds.  Most  of  them  are  forest- 
loving,  but  some  live  on  the  summits  of  bleak  and  cold  moun- 
tains, others  on  the  verge  of  arctic  snows,  and  some  on  ( the 
prairies.  Veins  of  the  fore  wings  generally  greatly  swollen  at 
the  base,  thus  enabling  them  to  be  distinguished  from  almost 
all  other  butterflies.  Eggs  subspherical,  somewhat  higher  than 
broad,  ribbed  on  the  sides,  particularly  at  the  apex,  and 
rounded  at  the  base.  Caterpillars,  when  they  emerge  from  the 
egg,  have  their  heads  much  bigger  in  diameter  than  the  rest  of 
124 


the  body,  but  as  they  mature  they  lose  this  feature,  and  gen- 
erally taper  from  the  middle  of  the  body  in  either  direction. 
Anal  pro-legs  bifurcating,  thus  readily  distinguished  from  all 
other  caterpillars,  except  those  of  the  genus  Chlorippe.  They 
feed  upon  grasses  and  sedges,  concealing  themselves  in  the  day- 
time and  coming  forth  to  feed  at  night.  Chrysalids  short  and 
stout,  plain  both  in  color  and  outline. 

There  are  about  sixty  species  of  Satyrince  in  the  region  with 
which  this  manual  deals,  falling  into  ten  genera.  We  shall 
only  deal  with  the  commoner  species. 


GENUS  DEBIS  WESTWOOD 
(THE  EYED  NYMPHS). 

This  is  a  large  genus,  especially  well  represented  in  Asia  and 
the  Indo-Malayan  region.  Dr.  S.  H.  Scudder  set  apart  the 
two  species  we  have  in  our  fauna  from  the  Asiatic  forms,  under 
the  new  name  Enodia,  but  I  have  never  been  able  to  see  any 
good  reason  for  this,  and  keep  the  generic  name  as  it  has  long 
stood.  The  creation  of  new  genera  upon  the  basis  of  slight 
differences  is  to  be  deprecated  and  avoided. 

125 


PL     LIX 


PL      I  X 

(1)  Debts    portlandia    (Fabricius),    Plate     L1X,    rf    (The 
Pearly  Eye). 

The  butterfly  which  is  well  depicted  in  our  figure  has  a 
series  of  beautiful  ocelli  on  the  under  side.  There  is  no  great 
difference  between  the  sexes.  In  the  Northern  States  it  is 
single-brooded,  in  the  South  it  is  double-brooded.  Expanse  of 
wing  1.75-2.00  inches. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  grasses.  The  insect  ranges  from 
Maine  to  the  Gulf,  and  westward  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

(2)  Debis  creola  Skinner,  Plate  LX,  d\(The  Creole). 
Easily  distinguished  from  the  foregoing  by  the  elongated 

patches  of  dark  raised  scales  upon  the  fore  wings.  Expanse 
2.25  inches.  The  specimen  figured  is  a  paratype  received 
from  the  author  of  the  species. 

Ranges  from  Florida  to  Mexico  along  the  Gulf. 

GENUS  SATYRODES  SCUDDER 
(THE  GRASS-NYMPH). 

This  genus  was  erected  by  its  author  to  receive  the  single 
species,  which  we  figure.     As  there  is  no  likelihood  of  mistaking 
it  for  anything  else,  we  forego  a  long  generic  description. 
126 


(1)  Scuyroots  canthus  (Boisd'ival  &  Leconte),  P.ate  LXI,  $ 
(The  Grass-nymph). 

The  butterfly  always  haunts  meadows  and  hides  among 
tufts  of  tall  grass  in  moist  places.  It  is  quite  common  in  New 
England  and  Canada,  and  is  found  in  the  cool  regions  of  the 
Appalachian  uplift  as  far  south  as  North  Carolina.  It  has  a 
peculiar  jerking  flight  and  is  easily  captured.  Expanse  1.65- 
1.90  inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  grasses,  and  its  early  stages  and 
transformations  have  often  been  described. 

GENUS  NEONYMPHA  WESTWOOD 

(THE  SPANGLED-NYMPHS). 

Small  butterflies,  rather  obscure  in  color.  Both  fore  and 
hind  wings  evenly  rounded;  the  fore  wings  with  the  costal  and 
median  veins  much  swollen  at  the  base.  Antennae  short 
without  a  distinctly  defined  club.  Egg  globular  marked  with 
polygonal  cells.  Caterpillar  with  a  large  head,  bifid  above,  and 
produced  as  two  cones  thickly  studded  with  little  raised  pro- 
jections. Chrysalis  comparatively  long,  pointed  at  the  head, 
with  a  blunt  tubercle  on  the  thorax;  green. 

127 


PL.    LX! 


PL.    LXIF 


Some  writers  maintain  that  this  genus  is  identical  with  the 
genus  Euptychia  Hiibner,  which  contains  over  one  hundred 
species,  principally  found  in  the  American  tropics.  Seven 
species  are  found  in  our  region,  of  which  we  shall  delineate 
five. 

(1)  Neonympha  gemma  (Hiibner),  Plate  LXII,  Fig.  1,   d", 
under  side  (The  Gemmed  Brown). 

The  upper  side  of  the  wings  are  mouse-colored,  with  a  couple 
of  twinned  dark  spots  on  the  outer  margin  of  the  hind  wings. 
On  the  under  side  the  wings  are  reddish  gray,  marked  with 
irregular  rusty  lines,  and  at  the  point  where  the  dark  spots 
appear  upon  the  upper  side  there  is  a  row  of  silvery  spots. 
Expanse  1.25-1.35  inch. 

Ranges  from  West  Virginia  to  Mexico. 

(2)  Neonympha  phocion  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXII,  Fig.  2,  9 
(The  Georgian  Satyr). 

A  trifle  larger  than  the  preceding  species,  which  it  closely  re- 
sembles above,  but  from  which  it  may  at  once  be  distinguished 
by  the  form  of  the  markings  of  the  lower  side  of  the  hind 
wings,  which  are  depicted  in  our  illustration.  Expanse  1.25  - 
1.45  inch. 

128 


Ranges  from  southern  New  Jersey  to  the  Gulf  as  far  west  as        r, — 
Texas.     Very  common  in  Georgia. 

(3)  Neonympha  eurytus  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXIII,  <J»  (The 
Little  Wood-satyr). 

Readily  distinguished  from  the  other  species  in  our  fauna 
by  the  two  well-developed  eye-spots  on  the  fore  wings,  as  well 
as  on  the  hind  wings  on  the  upper  side.  Expanse  1.75  inch. 

The  caterpillar  and  chrysalis  are  pale  brown,  the  latter 
marked  with  darker  brown. 

Ranges  from  New  England  and  Ontario  to  Georgia  and  west- 
ward to  Kansas  and  Texas. 

(4)  Neonympha  sosyUus  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXIV,  Fig.  1,  cT 
(The  Carolinian  Satyr). 

Upper  side  unspotted  dark  mouse-gray.  On  the  under  side 
the  wings  are  paler,  crossed  by  three  lines,  one  defining  the 
basal,  the  second  the  median  area,  and  the  third  just  before  the 
outer  margin.  Between  the  last  two  are  rows  of  ocelli,  which 
are  obscure,  except  the  first  on  the  fore  wing  and  the  second 
and  last  two  on  the  hind  wing.  Expanse  1.25-1.50  inch. 

Ranges  from  the  latitude  of  New  Jersey  southward  through 

129 


the  lower  half  of  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  Mexico  and  Central 
America. 

(5)  Neonympha  rubricata  Edwards,  Plate  LXIV,  Fig.  2,  cf. 
Type  (The  Red  Satyr). 

Most  nearly  related  to  N.  sosybius,  but  readily  distinguished 
by  its  much  redder  color,  and  by  having  but  one  eye-spot  or 
the  upper  side  of  the  fore  wing.  Expanse  1.40-1.75  inch. 

Found  in  Texas,  Arizona,  Mexico,  and  Central  America. 


GENUS  CCENONYMPHA  WESTWOOD 
(THE  RINGLETS), 

Small  butterflies.  Costal,  median,  and  submedian  veins  of 
fore  wing  strongly  swollen  at  base.  Both  wings  evenly  rounded 
on  outer  margin.  Egg  conical,  rounded  at  the  bottom,  trun- 
cated, with  low  ribs  and  cross-lines  near  the  top.  The  cater- 
pillar has  a  globular  head  and  cylindrical  body,  which  tapers 
backward  from  about  the  middle,  and  on  the  last  segment  has 
two  cone-like  backward  projections.  Chrysalis  straight  ven- 
trally,  convex  dorsally,  with  a  rounded  keeled  eminence  over 
130 


the  thorax,  pointed  at  tl>e  end;  green  or  drab,  marked  with 
darker  spots. 

The  genus  is  found  throughout  the  north  temperate  zone, 
and  we  have  in  our  fauna  a  number  of  species  and  varieties, 
most  of  which  are  confined  to  the  Pacific  Coast  and  to  Alaska. 

(1)  Coenonympha  ochracea  Edwards,  Plate  LXV,  Fig.  1,  cT 
(The  Ochre  Ringlet). 

Glossy  ochreous  yellow  above,  without  dark  markings  ex- 
cept as  those  of  lower  side  faintly  show  through.  On  under 
side  the  fore  wing  has  an  eye-spot  near  apex,  and  the  hind  wing 
has  a  submarginal  row  of  incomplete  eye-spots,  which  in  some 
specimens  is  wanting.  Ground-color  of  under  side  of  fore 
wings  as  above;  of  hind  wings  gray,  interrupted  about  middle 
by  a  lighter  band,  and  lighter  rays  about  the  cell  near  base. 
Expanse  1.25-1.50  inch.  Ranges  from  British  Columbia  to 
Arizona  eastward  to  Kansas  and  Nebraska. 

(2)  Coenonympha  inornata  Edwards,  Plate  LXV,  Fig.  2,  c? 
(The  Plain  Ringlet). 

Reddish  ochraceous  on  upper  side  with  outer  margin  of  fore 
wings  and  hind  wings  laved  with  darker.  On  the  under  side 

131 


PL.    LXV 


PL.    LXVI 


there  is  an  ocellus  near  the  apex  of  fore  wing  and  on  the  hind 
wing,  which  is  dark  gray,  a  yellow  curved  mark  beyond  the 
cell  and  a  couple  of  pale  yellow  spots  near  the  anal  angle. 
Expanse  1.25-1.50  inch. 

Occurs  in  Montana,  Minnesota,  Ontario  north  of  Lake 
Superior,  thence  eastward  to  Newfoundland. 

GENUS  EREBIA  DALMAN  (THE  ALPINES) 

Rather  small  butterflies,  dark  in  color,  with  eye-spots  on  the 
wings,  most  numerous  on  the  under  side.  Veins  of  fore  wing 
thickened  at  base;  lower  radial  in  some  cases  projected  in- 
wardly into  the  cell  at  point  of  origin.  •  Outer  margin  of  both 
wings  evenly  rounded.  Egg  subconical,  ribbed,  the  ribs  often 
intersecting  each  other.  Larva  with  globular  head,  body  ta- 
pering backward,  last  segment  bifurcate.  Chrysalis  convex 
dorsally  and  ventrally,  humped  on  thorax,  produced  at  head, 
light  brown  or  ashen  gray. 

The  genus  is  arctic  and  confined  to  the  far  north,  or  to  the 
summits  of  high  mountains,  which  have  an  arctic  climate. 
There  are  many  species  in  the  northern  hemisphere,  of  which 
we  select  two  for  representation. 
132 


(1)  Erebia  discoidalis  Kirby,  Plate  LXVI,  Fig.  1,  tf  (The 
Red-streaked  Alpine). 

Easily  distinguished  from  all  other  species  in  our  fauna  by 
the  plain  dark  wings  streaked  on  the  costa  and  suffused  over 
the  outer  three  fourths  of  the  middle  of  the  fore  wings  with 
dark  red  or  maroon.  Expanse  1.75-2.00  inches. 

Habitat  region  of  Hudson  Bay,  thence  westward  to  Alaska 
and  southward  among  snowy  peaks  of  British  Columbia. 
Probably  found  on  high  mountains  of  Idaho  and  Montana. 

(2)  Erebia  epipsodea  Butler,  Plate  LXVI,  Fig.  2,  <?   (The 
Common  Alpine). 

The  upper  side  is  shown  in  our  cut;  the  under  side  repeats 
the  markings  of  the  upper  side  more  or  less  clearly,  and  besides 
has  on  the  hind  wing  a  broad,  curved,  median,  blackish  band. 
Expanse  1.75-2.10  inches. 

Ranges  from  the  alpine  summits  of  New  Mexico  northward 
at  suitable  elevations  to  Alaska,  where  it  is  common. 

GENUS  GYROCHEILUS  BUTLER 
(THE  BLACKAMOORS). 

Medium-sized  ^butterflies,  very  dark  in  color,  with  eye- 
spots  on  fore  wings,  and  hind  wings  bordered  with  brown. 

133 


Pu.  LXVIM 


f 


There  is  only  one  species  found  in  our  region,  and  a  detailed 
account  of  its  structure  may  therefore  be  spared. 

(1)  Gyrochdlus  tritonia  Edwards,  Plate  LXVII,  &  (The 
Arizona  Blackamoor). 

Upper  side  shown  in  our  figure.  The  under  side  is  much  the 
same,  except  that  the  submarginal  band  is  purplish  red  sprin- 
kled with  white  and  dark  brown  scales,  and  has  on  the  inner 
side  a  row  of  imperfectly  developed  eye-spots  partially  ringed 
about  on  the  side  of  the  base  by  yellow.  Expanse  2.25-2.50 
inches. 

Occurs  in  southern  Arizona  and  northern  Mexico. 

GENUS  NEOMINOIS  SCUDDER 

For  a  detailed  account  of  the  structure  and  metamorphoses 
of  these  insects  the  reader  is  referred  to  "The  Butterfly  Book." 
There  are  only  two  species  found  in  our  territory  and  we  give 
figures  of  the  upper  side  of  both  of  them,  so  that  the  student 
will  be  able  to  recognize  them  when  he  gets  them. 

(1)  Neominois  ridingsi  (Edwards),  Plate  LXVIII,  Fig.  1,  tf . 
Type  (Ridings'  Satyr). 
134 


The  upper  side  is  well  shown  in  our  figure.  The  under  side 
is  paler  than  the  upper,  and  the  basal  and  mesial  areas  are 
mottled  with  narrow  pale  brown  streaks,  while  the  hind  wing 
is  crossed  about  the  middle  by  a  dark  band,  the  outer  margin  of 
which  is  sharply  indented.  Expanse  1.50  inch.  Larva  pupates 
under  ground. 

Inhabits  the  mountain  states  of  the  Pacific  Coast. 

(2)  Neominois  dionysius  Scudder,  Plate  LXVIII,  Fig.  2,  c? 
(Scudder's  Satyr). 

On  the  under  side  the  mesial  band  of  the  hind  wings  is  nar- 
rower and  more  irregularly  curved  than  in  the  preceding  species 
and  the  outer  indentations  are  more  strongly  produced.  Ex- 
panse 1.90  inch.  Occurs  in  Colorado,  Utah,  and  Arizona. 

GENUS  SATYRUS  WESTWOOD  (THE  WOOD-NYMPHS) 

Medium-sized  or  small  butterflies.  Wings  marked  with  eye- 
spots,  or  ocelli.  On  upper  side  generally  very  obscurely  col- 
ored with  some  shade  of  gray  or  brown,  occasionally  marked 
by  yellow  bands;  under  side  frequently  beautifully  streaked 
and  spotted,  with  the  ocelli  more  prominent  than  on  the  upper 
side.  The  veins  of  the  fore  wing  are  much  swollen  at  the  base. 

135 


FL.    LXIX 


PL.    LXX 


The  outer  margin  of  the  fore  wing  is  evenly  rounded,  that  of 
the  hind  wing  somewhat  scalloped.  Egg  barrel-shaped,  trun- 
cated on  top,  ribbed  on  the  sides,  the  ribs  at  the  top  connected 
by  a  waved,  raised  elevation.  Caterpillar  with  globular  head, 
cylindrical  body,  tapering  both  ways  from  the  middle,  and 
furnished  with  diverging  anal  horns.  Chrysalis  in  form  like 
those  of  many  of  the  genera  belonging  to  this  subfamily;  green 
in  color.  The  genus  is  quite  large,  and  many  of  the  species 
are  very  variable. 

(1)  Satyrus  pegala  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXIX,  9,  under  side 
(The  Southern  Wood-nymph). 

Easily  recognized  by  its  large  size,  it  being  the  largest  species 
in  our  fauna,  and  by  the  broad  subterminal  yellow  band  on  the 
fore  wing  marked  in  the  male  by  one  eye-spot,  and  in  the  fe- 
male by  two  such  spots.  Expanse  2.75-3.00  inches. 

Common  in  the  Gulf  States  and  occasionally  occurring  as  far 
north  as  New  Jersey. 

(2)  Satyrus  alope  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXX,  ?  (The  Common 
Wood-nymph). 

Closely  resembling  the  preceding  species,  but   only  two 
136 


thirds  its  size.  The  number  of  the  ocelli  is  not  constant,  and 
some  specimens  lack  them  entirely.  This  is  the  form  which 
is  common  on  the  Atlantic  seaboard  from  New  Jersey  to  New 
Hampshire,  and  westward  to  the  Mississippi.  Expanse  1.75- 
2.25  inches. 

(3)  Satyrus  alope  form  nephele  Kirby,  Plate  LXXI,  Fig.  1,  (? 
(The  Clouded  Wood-nymph). 

This  form,  long  held  to  be  a  valid  species,  has  been  ascer- 
tained by  breeding  to  be  a  dimorphic  variety  characterized  by 
the  partial  or  entire  suppression  of  the  yellow  band  on  the 
fore  wings  and  the  tendency  of  the  eye-spots  to  disappear.  It 
is  a  northern  form,  and  is  common  in  Canada,  northern  New 
England,  and  in  corresponding  latitudes  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Pacific.  Expanse  1.85-2.25  inches. 

(4)  Satyrus  paulus  Edwards,  Plate  LXXI,  Fig.  2,  J>,  Type, 
under  side  (The  Small  Wood-nymph). 

Somewhat  smalle^  than  S.  nephele.  Upper  side  dark  brown 
in  both  sexes;  fore  wings  always  with  two  ocelli,  one  near  apex, 
the  other  near  inner  angle;  hind  wing  with  two  ocelli  near  anal 
angle.  Expanse  1.75-2.00  inches. 

Occurs  in  California  and  Nevada. 

137 


PL.    LXXI 


PL..   LXXH 


(5)  Satyrus  meadi  Edwards,  Plate  LXXII,  Fig.  lf  cT  (Mead's 
Satyr).  ^ 

Readily  distinguished  from  all  others  by  the  bright  red  on 
the  limbal  area  above  and  below.  Expanse  1.60-1.75  inch. 

Ranges  from  Arizona  to  Montana  in  the  region  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

(6)  Satyrus  charon  Edwards,  Plate  LXXIII,  Fig.  l,d\  Type 
(The  Dark  Wood-nymph). 

The  type  of  the  species  is  darker  on  the  under  side  of  the 
wings  than  many  specimens  in  the  possession  of  the  writer; 
the  under  side  is  in  fact  somewhat  variable.  There  may  or 
may  not  be  ocelli  on  the  under  side.  Mr.  Edwards  named  the 
form  without  ocelli  Satyrus  silvestris,  but  this  form  is  doubt- 
lessly a  good  species.  Both  fore  and  hind  wings  on  the  under 
side  are  marked  abundantly  and  evenly  by  little  streaks  darker 
in  color  than  the  ground,  and  are  crossed  on  either  side  of  the 
median  area  by  dark  lines,  which  sometimes  are  wanting, 
and  are  quite  variable.  Expanse  1.50-1.75  inch. 

Ranges  from  British  Columbia  to  New  Mexico,  and  appears 
to  be  common,  wherever  it  occurs. 


138 


(7)  Satyrus  sthenele  Boisduval,  Plate  LXXIII,  Fig.  2,  cT, 
under  side  (The  Least  Wood-nymph). 

Quite  small,  on  the  upper  side  resembling  8.  char  on,  but  very 
different  on  the  under  side.  The  distinguishing  mark  of  the 
species  is  the  dark,  twice-strangulated  band  of  the  hind  wings, 
bordered  outwardly  on  either  side  by  lighter  shades.  This  is 
shown  in  our  figure.  Expanse  1.40-1.50  inch. 

Found  in  California. 

GENUS  PARAMECERA  BUTLER 

There  is  only  one  species  in  this  genus  thus  far  known.  The 
insect  closely  resembles  those  of  the  genus  Satyrus,  but  may 
readily  be  told  apart  by  the  patch  of  heavy,  dark,  raised  scales 
in  the  region  of  the  median  nervules  of  the  fore  wing.  On  the 
under  side  the  insect  is  paler,  ruddy,  and  the  fore  wings  have  a 
large  pupilled  eye-spot,  followed  by  a  blind,  much  smaller  eye- 
spot  at  the  apex.  ^  The  hind  wing  has  a  pale  mesial  band  bor- 
dered by  darker  lines  and  a  submarginal  row  of  eye-spots. 

(1)  Paramecera  xicaque  (Reakirt),  Plate  LXXII,  Fig.  2,  c? 
CReakirt's  Satyr). 

139 


Pi_.    LXXII! 


PL.  LXXIV 


The  insect  has  an  expanse  of  wing  varying  from  1.35-1.75 
inch.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  southern  Arizona  and  northern 
Mexico. 


GENUS  (ENEIS  HUBNER  (THE  ARCTICS) 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  above  some  shade  of  light  or  dark 
brown;  below  marbled  and  mottled,  often  with  a  dark  median 
band  crossing  both  wings.  The  fringes  are  brown  checkered 
with  white.  They  live  in  the  cold  north  or  on  the  tops  of 
high  mountains.  One  of  the  best-known  species  is  the  White 
Mountain  Butterfly,  0.  semidea,  which  exists  on  the  summit  of 
Mt.  Washington,  New  Hampshire.  The  eggs  are  ovate- 
spheroid,  ribbed,  and  are  laid  on  dry  grasses  near  the  spot 
where  grass  will  grow  in  the  following  spring.  The  caterpillars, 
when  mature,  are  cylindrical,  tapering  from  the  middle  both 
ways,  pale  green  or  brown,  with  darker  longitudinal  stripes, 
feeding  on  grasses.  The  chry solids  are  stout,  a  little  angu- 
lated,  and  are  formed,  unattached,  under  stones  or  at  the  roots 
of  grass  in  a  slight  depression  where  the  caterpillar  has  depos- 
ited a  few  threads  of  silk. 
HO 


There  are  a  score  or  more  of  species  in  our  fauna,  of  which 
most  occur  on  the  tops  of  high  northern  mountains  or  near 
the  Arctic  Circle. 

(1)  (Eneis  jutta  (Hiibner),  Plate  LXXIV,  Fig.  1,  & ;  Fig.  2, 
9  (The  Nova  Scotian). 

This  species,  found  also  in  Europe,  is  one  of  the  most  conspic- 
uous of  its  tribe.  It  is  not  uncommon  in  the  State  of  Maine, 
ranging  northward  from  Bangor  through  Nova  Scotia,  thence 
westward  to  Ottawa  and  the  Hudson  Bay  country.  Expanse 
1.80-2.10  inches. 

(2)  (Eneis  semidea  (Say),  Plate  LXXV,  Fig.  1,  $  (The  White 
Mountain  Butterfly). 

The  wings  are  very  thin  and  semi-translucent.  Restricted  to 
the  summit  of  Mount  Washington,  New  Hampshire,  and  some 
of  the  alpine  peaks  in  the  Rocky  Mountains.  It  is  also  found 
in  Labrador,  and  no  doubt  in  corresponding  latitudes  about 
Hudson  Bay  and  westward.  Expanse  1.75  inch. 

(3)  (Eneis  katahdin  Newcomb,   Plate  LXXV,  Fig.   2,   d1 
(The  Katahdin  Butterfly). 

Closely  allied  to  the  preceding  species,  from  which  it  may 
be  distinguished  by  its  paler  wings  and  the  irregular  dark 

141 


PL.    LXXV 


PL.   LXXVI 


band  on  the  under  side  of  the  hind  wings  about  their  middle. 
Expanse  1.75  inch. 

This  insect  in  recent  years  has  been  found  to  inhabit  the 
summit  of  Mount  Katahdin  in  Maine. 

(4)  (Eneis  macouni  (Edwards),  Plate  LXXVI,  tf.  Type 
(Macoun's  Arctic). 

More  like  0.  jutta  in  the  form  of  the  wings,  but  differs  in 
coloration.  It  belongs  to  a  group  of  species  included  in  this 
genus,  most  of  which  are  found  in  the  region  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains,  which  are  larger  and  yellower  on  the  upper  side  of 
the  wings  than  the  two  preceding  species.  Expanse  2.00- 
2.25  inches. 

Not  uncommon  about  Lake  Nipigon,  north  of  Lake  Superior. 

SUBFAMILY  LIBYTHEIN^E  (THE  SNOUT-BUTTERFLIES) 

These  insects  may  readily  be  distinguished  from  all  others  by 
their  long  projecting  palpi,  and  by  the  fact  that  the  males  have 
only  four  feet  adapted  to  walking  while  the  females  have  six,  a 
fact  which  seems  to  ally  them  to  the  ErycinidcB,  On  the  other 
hand,  the  chrysalis  is  pendent  as  in  the  Nymphalidce.  There 
is  but  one  genus  of  the  group  represented  in  our  faunal  region 
142 


LIBYTHEA  FABRICIUS  (TnE  SNOUT-BUTTERFLIES) 

Small  butterflies,  the  palpi  enormously  produced  in  compari- 
son with  other  butterflies.  The  fore  wings  are  strongly  ex- 
cavated on  the  outer  margin,  and  produced  at  the  end  of  the 
lower  radial.  The  hind  wing  is  upwardly  lobed  at  the  base, 
excised  before  the  outer  angle,  and  the  outer  margin  is  some- 
what scalloped.  The  egg  is  ovoid,  nearly  twice  as  high  as  wide, 
ribbed,  every  other  rib'being  higher  than  the  one  beside  it  and 
increasing  in  height  toward  the  top.  The  caterpillar  has  a 
small  head,  overarched  by  the  anterior  swollen  segments;  it 
lives  upon  the  hackberry  (Celtis).  The  chrysalis  has  the  ab- 
domen conical,  the  head  pointed,  with  two  raised  ridges  run- 
ning from  the  head  on  either  side  to  the  middle  of  the  first 
segment  of  the  abdomen;  between  these  ridges  is  a  low  tubercle. 

There  are  numerous  species  found  in  all  parts  of  the  world, 
but  only  three  occur  within  our  limits.  Of  these  we  figure  the 
one  which  is  most  widely  distributed. 

(1)  Libythea  bachmani  Kirtland,  Plate  LXXVII,  o1  (The 
Common  Snout-butterfly) . 

The  figure  we  give  will  enable  the  student  to  immediately 
recognize  the  insect. 

143 


PL.    LXXVII 


It  ranges  from  New  England  and  Ontario  southward  and  westward  over  the  whole  country 
as  far  as  Arizona  and  northern  Mexico. 

FAMILY  ERYCINID^E  (THE  METAL-MARKS) 

This  is  a  great  family  of  small  or  rather  less  than  medium-sized  butterflies,  which  is  found 
in  both  the  eastern  and  western  hemispheres,  but  is  mostly  confined  to  the  American  tropics, 
where  there  are  known  to  be  about  a  thousand  species,  some  of  them  remarkably  beautiful  in 
their  colors  and  markings.  The  males  have  the  fore  legs  aborted  as  in  the  case  of  the  Nympha- 
lidas,  while  the  females  have  six  legs  for  walking.  In  this  respect  they  resemble  the  Lyccenidce. 
The  chrysalids  are  not  pendent  as  are  those  of  all  the  insects  which  we  have  hitherto  de- 
scribed in  this  book,  but  are  held  in  place  by  a  silken  girdle,  and  are  closely  appressed  to  the 
supporting  surface.  The  strongest  mark  of  distinction  from  other  butterflies  is  the  fact  that 
the  precostal  vein  of  the  hind  wing  is  located  on  the  extreme  inner  margin  of  the  wing  and 
sends  out  a  little  free  hook,  very  much  as  is  the  case  in  many  of  the  moths.  The  antennae  are 
very  long  and  slender,  distinctly  knobbed  at  the  end.  Many  genera  have  the  peculiarity 
when  alighting  of  not  folding  their  wings,  but  carrying  them  flat,  and  they  have  also  the  habit 
of  hiding  under  leaves,  like  moths.  Most  of  the  species  found  in  our  region  occur  in  the  South- 
western States,  two  alone  are  found  in  the  Eastern  States. 

GENUS  CHARTS  HUBNER  (THE  METAL-MARKS) 

There  are  nearly  fifty  species  of  this  genus  found  in  the  American  tropics.  There  are 
but  two  species  in  the  eastern  parts  of  the  United  States,  and  two  others  in  California.  The 
figures  we  give  will  enable  any  one  to  tell  apart  the  two  species  found  in  the  Atlantic  region. 

144 


(1)  Charis  ccsnius  (Linnaeus),  Plate  LXXVIII,  Fig.  3,  tf  (The  Little  Metal-mark). 
Very  small,  brighter  red  on  the  under  side  than  on  upper.     Wings  both  above  and  below 

spotted  with  small  steely-blue  metallic  markings.     Common  in  Florida,  ranging  northward 
to  Virginia  and  westward  to  Texas.     Expanse  0,75  inch. 

(2)  Charis  borealis  (Grote  &  Robinson),  Plate  LXXVIII,  Fig.  4,   cT   (The  Northern 
Metal-mark). 

Larger  than  the  preceding  species.  Upper  side  sooty  brown  marked  with  blacker  spots 
and  a  marginal  and  submarginal  row  of  coppery  red  spots.  On  the  under  side  the  wings  are 
light  red  with  a  multitude  of  small  black  spots  arranged  in  transverse  rows.  The  metallic 
spots  of  the  upper  side  reappear  below.  Expanse  1.15  inch. 

Range  from  New  York  to  Illinois  and  Michigan  and  south  to  the  Carolinas.     Rare. 

GENUS  APODEMIA  FELDER   (THE  MORMONS) 

There  are  about  ten  species  of  this  genus  confined  mainly  to  the  Southwestern  States 
and  northern  Mexico.  Some,  like  the  one  we  figure,  are  quite  small,  others  are  larger,  spread- 
ing as  much  as  1.50  inch.  They  are  rather  gayly  colored,  usually  with  the  wings  on  the  upper 
side  checkered  or  spotted  with  red,  black,  and  white,  and  lighter  on  the  under  side.  None 
of  them  have  metallic  markings  on  either  side. 

(1)  Apodemia  palmeri  (Edwards),  Plate  LXXVIII,  Fig.  2,  c?  (Palmer's  Mormon). 
One  of  the  smallest  species  of  the  genus,  mouse-gray,  spotted  with  white  above;  on  the  un- 

145 


PL.    LXXVII! 


der  side  whitish  gray,  laved  with  pale  red  at  the  base  of  the 
fore  wings,  the  spots  of  the  upper  side  reappearing  on  this  side. 
Expanse  0.75-0.95  inch. 

Ranges  from  Utah  to  Mexico. 


GENUS  POLYSTIGMA  SALVIN  &  GODMAN 

There  is  thus  far  but  one  species  known  to  belong  to  this 
genus,  which  is  marked  off  from  all  others  by  the  fact  that  the 
males  have  normally  developed  fore  legs  as  well  as  the  females, 
and  thus  are  the  "exception"  in  the  family,  "which  proves  the 
rule." 

(1)  Poly  stigma  nais  (Edwards),  Plate  LXXVIII,  Fig.  1,  6% 
Type  (The  Many-spot). 

The  lower  side  of  the  wings  is  pale  red  mottled  with  buff  on 
the  hind  wings;  the  marks  of  the  upper  side  reappear  below 
and  stand  out  boldly  upon  the  paler  ground.  Expanse  1 .00- 
1.25  inch. 

P.  nais  occurs  from  Colorado  to  Mexico,  east  of  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

148 


FAMILY  LYC^ENID^E  (THE  HAIR-STREAKS,  COPPERS,  AND  BLUES) 

Small  butterflies.  The  males  have  the  first  pair  of  legs  more  or  less  aborted,  and  not 
adapted  to  walking.  Many  of  the  genera  are  brilliantly  blue  on  the  upper  side  of  the  wings, 
others  are  coppery  red.  In  Africa  there  are  numerous  genera  which  mimic  other  butterflies 
in  the  form  and  color  of  their  wings.  The  eggs  are  turban-shaped  adorned  with  ridges, 
minute  eminences,  and  networks  of  raised  lines.  Under  the  microscope  some  of  them  look 
like  sea-urchins  after  the  spines  have  fallen  off.  The  caterpillars  are  slug-shaped,  flat;  and 
while  most  of  them  feed  on  vegetable  matter  a  few  feed  on  scale-insects  and  aphids,  and 
some  on  the  larvae  of  ants.  The  latter  are  African  and  Oriental  forms.  The  chrysalids  are 
attached  to  the  place  where  the  caterpillar  has  pupated  by  a  cincture  or  girdle. 

The  family  is  very  large  and  is  represented  in  all  parts  of  the  world,  but  there  are  prob- 
ably more  species  in  the  American  tropics  than  in  any  other  quarter  of  the  globe,  unless  it  be 
in  the  Malaysian  Archipelago  and  New  Guinea,  from  which  a  host  of  species  have  been  de- 
scribed in  recent  years. 

A  multitude  of  refinements  in  classification  have  been  invented  by  recent  authors  and  a 
lot  of  generic  names  have  been  proposed  which  in  this  book  we  shall  in  part  ignore,  as  they 
are  based  upon  such  slight  points  that  nobody  but  a  man  armed  with  a  big  microscope  can 
make  them  out.  They  puzzle  common  people,  and  this  book  is  for  laymen  and  not  for  the 
supertechnical. 

GENUS  EUM^EUS  HUBNER  (THE  BLUE-SPOTS) 

Medium-sized  or  small.  Dark  in  color,  with  the  borders  on  the  upper  and  lower  sides  and 
the  hind  wings  below  beautifully  adorned  with  spots  of  metallic  blue  or  green.  There  are  three 


PL.    LXXIX 

species  in  the  genus,  two  of  which  occur  in  our  territory,  E. 
atala,  which  we  figure,  and  E.  minyas,  which  may  be  distin- 
guished from  the  former  by  its  larger  size, 

4(1)  EumcBus  atala  (Poey),  Plate  LXXIX,  Fig.  1,  &,  under 
side  (The  Florida  Blue-spot). 

The  figure  accurately  represents  the  lower  side  of  this  charm- 
ing insect.  Expanse  1.65-1.75  inch. 

It  is  common  in  southern  Florida  and  Cuba.  The  other 
species,  E.  minyas,  which  is  much  larger  and  equally  beauti- 
fully marked,  is  found  in  southern  Texas  and  thence  ranges* 
southward  into  Brazil. 


GENUS  THECLA  FABRICIUS  (THE  HAIR-STREAKS) 

Mostly  small  butterflies.  On  the  upper  side  very  often  col- 
ored with  iridescent  blue,  green,  or  purple,  sometimes  reddish 
or  dark  brown;  on  the  under  side  marked  with  lines  and  spots 
variously  arranged  and  often  very  strikingly  colored.  What 
has  been  said  as  to  the  eggs,  larvae,  and  chrysalids  of  the 
148 


family  apply  as  well  to  this  as  to  many  of  the  following  genera,  and  need  not  be  here 
repeated. 

While  students  of  this  group  have  subdivided  extensively,  and  with  scientific  propriety 
have  erected  a  number  of  genera  which  are  acceptable  to  specialists,  there  seems  to  the  writer 
no  need  for  going  into  these  things  in  this  book,  as  most  of  the  distinctions  drawn  are  too  fine 
to  be  appreciated  by  any  but  specialists. 

(1)  Thecla  halesus  (Cramer),  Plate  LXXIX,  cT  (The  Great  Purple  Hair-streak). 

The  upper  side  is  deep  purplish  blue,  as  shown  in  our  figure;  on  the  lower  side  the  thorax 
is  black  spotted  with  white,  the  abdomen  orange-red;  the  wings  warm  sepia  spotted  with 
crimson  at  their  bases,  in  the  males  glossed  with  a  stripe  of  metallic  green  on  the  fore  wings, 
und  in  both  sexes  adorned  at  the  anal  angle  by  spots  of  metallic  green,  red,  and  iridescent  blue. 
Expanse  1.35-1.50  inch. 

Common  in  Central  America  and  Mexico,  ranging  north  through  the  hotter  parts  of  the 
Gulf  States,  and  has  been  recorded  from  southern  Illinois.  Occurs  in  southern  California 
and  Arizona.  The  larva  feeds  on  mistletoe. 

(2)  Thecla  m-album  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  LXXX,  Fig.  1,  tf  (The  White-M  Hair- 
streak). 

Smaller  than  the  preceding  species,  bluer,  and  not  inclined  to  greenish  at  base  of  wings  on 
upper  side;  on  undf  r  side  fore  wing  crossed  by  a  submarginal  and  a  median  line  of  white,  contin- 

149 


PL.   LXXX 


ued  on  the  hind  wings,  zigzagged  at  anal  angle  so  as  to  look  like 
an  inverted  M;  near  this  is  a  rounded  crimson  patch;  anal  angle 
black  glossed  with  blue.     Expanse  1.35-1.45  inch. 
Ranges  from  New  Jersey  and  Wisconsin  to  Venezuela. 

(3)  Thecla  crysalus  Edwards,  Plate  LXXX,  Fig.  2,  tf  (The 
Colorado  Hair-streak). 

Upper  side  as  in  our  figure,  under  side  marked  with  white 
lines  edged  with  brown.  Orange  spots  of  upper  side  reappear 
below,  but  at  anal  angle  are  transformed  into  red  eye-spots 
pupilled  with  black  and  margined  with  metallic  green.  Ex- 
panse 1.50  inch. 

Ranges  from  Colorado  to  eastern  Arizona. 

(4)  Thecla  favonius  Smith  &  Abbot,  Plate  LXXXI,  Fig.  1, 
r?  (The  Southern  Hair-streak). 

On  the  under  side  the  wings  are  marked  much  as  in  T.  m- 
album,  but  in  the  region  of  the  median  nervules  is  a  rather 
broad  transverse  carmine  streak  inwardly  edged  with  dark 
lines.  Expanse  1.00-1.15  inch. 

Found  in  the  Gulf  States  and  as  far  north  as  South  Caro- 
lina. 

150 


(5)  Thecla  wittfeldi   Edwards,  Plate   LXXXI,    Fig.  2,  9  ,  PLl  LXXXI 
Type  (Wittf eld's  Hair-streak). 

On  the  lower  side  both  wings  are  crossed  beyond  the  middle 
by  two  parallel  pale  lines  bordered  with  darker  tints,  and  at 
the  end  of  the  cells  have  each  a  short  whitish  bar.  The  anal 
angle  is  adorned  with  blue  scales,  before  which  is  a  red  eye-spot 
of  large  size,  externally  marked  with  black.  Expanse  1.25- 
1.35  inch. 

Found  in  the  region  of  Indian  River,  Florida. 

(6)  Thecla  autolycus  Edwards,  Plate  LXXXII,  Fig.  1,  cf 
(The  Texas  Hair-streak). 

The  carmine  spots  on  the  under  side  of  the  wings  are  not 
arranged  across  the  median  nervules  as  in  T.  favonius,  but  are 
located  in  the  vicinity  of  the  anal  angle  crowning  the  black  cres- 
cents near  the  inner  end  of  the  outer  margin.  Expanse  1.15- 
1.30  inch. 

Ranges  from  Missouri  and  Kansas  to  Texas. 

(7)  Thecla  melinus  Hiibner,  Plate  LXXXII,  Fig.  2,  ?   (The 
Common  Hair-streak). 

This  common  little  butterfly  may  easily  be  recognized  by  its 
its  plain  slaty  upper  surface,  marked  by  a  large  black  spot 

151 


PL.    LXXXII 

KMBHHfi       crowned  with  crimson  between  the  origin  of  the  two  tails  on 
the  hind  wings.     Expanse  1.10-1.20  inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  hop  vines.  The  insect  is  found 
throughout  temperate  North  America,  thence  southward  into 
Mexico  and  Central  America  on  the  highlands. 

(8)  Thecla  grunus  Boisduval,  Plate  LXXXIII,  Fig.  1,  d71 
(Boisduval's  Hair-streak). 

Wings  on  the  upper  side  are  as  shown  in  our  figure,  but 
tawnier.  On  the  under  side  the  wings  are  pale  tawny  with 
transverse  marginal  and  submarginal  rows  of  small  dark  spots 
on  both  wings.  Two  or  three  of  the  marginal  spots  near  the 
anal  angle  are  conspicuously  black  crowned  with  a  metallic 
green  crescent.  Expanse  1.10-1.20  inch. 

The  larva  feeds  upon  the  leaves  of  the  live-oak  (Quercus 
chrysolepis).  Found  in  California  and  Nevada. 

(9)  Thecla  edwardsi  Saunders,  Plate  LXXXIII,  Fig.  2,  cf 
under  side  (Edwards'  Hair-streak). 

Our  figure  shows  the  under  side;  on  the  upper  side  the  wings 
are  dark, brown  glossed  with  plumbeous,  with  a  pale  sex- 

152 


PL.    LXXXII1 

mark  on  the  fore  wing  of  the  male  near  the  costa.     Expanse 
1.15  inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  the  young  leaves  of  various 
kinds  of  oak.  The  species  ranges  from  Quebec  westward  to 
Colorado  and  is  not  uncommon  in  New  England,  New  York, 
and  western  Pennsylvania. 

(10)  Thecla  acadica  Edwards,  Plate  LXXXIII,  Fig.  3,  <? 
(The  Acadian  Hair-streak). 

The  wings  on  the  under  side  are  pale  wood-brown,  with  a 
black  bar  at  the  end  of  the  cells,  and  submarginal  and  median 
bands  of  small  black  spots  surrounded  with  white;  on  the  hind 
wings  there  is  a  submarginal  row  of  red  crescents,  growing 
smaller  from  the  anal  angle  toward  the  outer  angle.  Near  the 
anal  angle  are  two  conspicuous  black  spots  separated  by 
a  broad  patch  of  bluish  green  scales.  Expanse  1.15-1.25 
inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  willows.  The  insect  ranges  from 
Quebec  to  Vancouver  Island. 

(11)  Thecla  calanus  Hiibner,  Plate  LXXXIV,  Fig.  1,  cT 
(The  Banded  Hair-streak). 

153 


On  the  upp~r  side  resembling  T.  edwardsi,  but  warmer  brown 
in  color;  on  the  under  side  wings  are  marked  by  fine  white  lines 
on  the  outer  half,  which  are  not  broken  as  in  T.  edwardsi,  but 
form  continuous  bands.  Expanse  1.15  inch. 

The  larva  feeds  on  oaks.  The  insect  ranges  from  Quebec  to 
Colorado  and  Texas,  and  is  common  in  western  Pennsylvania. 

(12)  Thecla  liparops  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  LXXXIV, 
Fig.  2,  9 ,  under  side  (The  Striped  Hair-streak). 

Dark  brown  on  the  upper  side.  On  the  under  side  the  lines 
are  arranged  much  as  in  T.  edwardsi,  but  farther  apart,  quite 
narrow,  and  scarcely  defining  the  darker  bands  between  them. 
The  spots  at  the  anal  angle  are  obscure  and  blackish.  'Expanse 
1.15  inch. 

The  larva  feeds  on  oaks,  willows,  wild  plum,  and  many 
other  plants.  The  insect  ranges  from  Quebec  through  the 
northern  Atlantic  States  as  far  west  as  Montana  and  Colorado, 
but  is  never  common. 

(13)  Thecla  damon  (Cramer),  Plate  LXXXV,  Fig.  2,   o", 
urder  side;  var.  discoidalis  Skinner,  Plate  LXXXV,  Fig.  1,  d", 
upper  side  (Olive  Hair-streak). 


In  our  plate  we  have  given  in  Fig.  1  a  representation  of  the 
upper  side  of  the  form  called  discmdalis,  which  in  the  central 
part  of  the  fore  wing  is  broadly  marked  with  reddish  fulvous. 
In  Fig.  2  we  have  a  representation  of  the  under  side  of  typical 
T,  damon.  With  the  help  of  these  figures  the  student  may 
recognize  both  forms  of  the  species. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  the  red  cedar  (Juniperus  virgiwiand) . 
It  is  double-brooded  in  the  North  and  triple-brooded  in  the 
South.  The  species  ranges  from  Ontario  to  Texas  over  the 
whole  eastern  hah*  of  the  United  States. 

(14)  Thecla  simcethis  (Drury),  Plate  LXXXV,  Fig.  3,  d"  un- 
der side  (The  Brown-margined  Hair-streak) . 

Closely  resembling  in  many  respects  the  preceding  species, 
especially  on  the  upper  side,  but  the  white  band  oh  the  hind 
wings  is  straight  and  the  outer  margins  are  heavily  marked 
with  bright  reddish  brown.  Expanse  0.85-1.00  inch. 

This  pretty  species  ranges  from  Texas  well  into  South  Amer- 
ica. 

(15)  Thecla  augustus  Kirby,  Plate  LXXXV,  Fig.  4,  9  (The 
Brown  Elfin). 

Brown  above,  paler  below.     The  fore  wings  on  the  lower 

155 


PL.   LXXXV 


PL.   LXXXVI 


side  are  marked  by  a  straight  incomplete  median  band;  the 
hind  wings  by  an  irregular  curved  median  band.  Back  of 
these  lines  toward  the  base  both  wings  are  darker  brown. 
Expanse  0.90  inch. 

The  insect  is  found  in  New  England,  thence  northward  and 
westward  into  the  British  possessions. 

(16)  Thecla  niphon  (Hiibner),  Plate  LXXXVI,  Fig.  1,  9, 
under  side  (The  Banded  Elfin). 

Our  cut  gives  an  excellent  idea  of  the  markings  of  the  under 
side.  On  the  upper  side  the  insect  is  plain  reddish  brown. 
Expanse  1.10  inch. 

The  caterpillars  feed  upon  pines.  The  insect  ranges  from 
Nova  Scotia  to  Colorado  in  the  Northern  States,  and  is  only 
found  in  pine  woods,  but  is  never  very  abundant. 

(17)  Thecla  irus    (Godart),   Plate  LXXXVI,   Fig.   2,   <? 
(The  Hoary  Elfin). 

Grayish  brown  on  the  upper  side,  on  the  under  side  of  the 
same  color,  but  paler  on  the  outer  margins  and  darker  toward 
the  base;  small  crescents  appear  on  the  outer  margins  of  the 
hind  wings  below,  or  they  may  be  absent.  Expanse  1.10  inch. 

The  larva  feeds  on  young  wild  plums  just  after  the  petals  of 
156 


the  flower  have  dropped  away.     The  species  ranges  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific  in  the  latitude  of  New  England. 

(18)  Theda  henriri  Grote  &  Robinson,   Plate  LXXXVI, 
Fig.  3,   W    (Henry's  Hair-streak). 

Very  much  like  the  preceding  species,  but  with  the  outer 
half  of  the  wings  laved  with  reddish  brown.  The  hind  wings 
on  the  under  side  are  blackish  brown;  on  the  basal  half  of  the 
outer  margin  paler,  the  division  between  the  dark  and  light 
shades  being  irregular  and  sharply  defined.  Expanse  1.00- 
1.10  inch. 

This  species,  like  the  preceding,  feeds  on  young  plums.  It 
ranges  from  Maine  to  West  Virginia,  and  is  not  very  common/ 

(19)  Theda  lada  Edwards,  Plate  LXXXVI,  Fig.  4,  <?  (Early 
Hair-streak) . 

Wings  brown  glossed  with  bright  blue  on  the  upper  side;  on 
the  under  side  pale  fawn,  with  a  band  of  pale  red  spots  on  both 
wings  about  the  middle,  and  a  few  similar  spots  on  the  outer 
and  inner  margins  of  the  hind  wings.  Expanse  0.75-0.85  inch. 

The  species  ranges  from  Quebec  to  southern  New  Jersey 
and  westward  and  southward  to  WTest  Virginia  and  Arizona. 
It  is  a  rare  species,  and  appears  in  the  early  spring. 

157 


PL.     LAAXVII 


.(20)  Thecla  dumetorum  Boisduval,  Plate  LXXXVII.  Fig.  l,cf ,  under  side  (The  Green 
White-spotted  Hair-streak). 

Dark  fawn  above;  on  the  outer  third  of  the  wings  often  shaded  with  reddish;  on  the 
under  side  both  wings  are  green,  the  fore  wings  with  a  short  band  of  white  spots  on  the  outer 
third;  the  hind  wings  with  a  white  spot  on  the  costa  beyond  the  middle  and  two  or  three  con- 
spicuous white  spots  near  the  anal  angle.  Expanse  1.10  inch. 

The  eggs  are  laid  on  the  buds  of  Hosackia  argophylla.  The  insect  ranges  from  Oregon 
and  California  eastward  as  far  as  Colorado. 

(21)  Thecla  behri  Edwards,  Plate  LXXXVII,  Fig.  2,  cf,  under  side  (Behr's  Hair-streak). 
On  the  upper  side  the  wings  are  broadly  reddish  fulvous  on  the  disk,  with  the  costa  and 

outer  margins  of  both  wings  broadly  dark  brown  or  black.     The  under  side  is  accurately 
shown  in  our  cut,  and  therefore  needs  no  description.     Expanse  1.10  inch. 

This  species  is  also  found  in  Oregon  and  California,  and  ranges  as  far  east  as  Colorado. 

(22)  Thecla  titus  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXXXVII,  Fig.  3,  d",  under  side  (The  Coral  Hair- 
streak). 

On  the  upper  side  uniformly  gray-brown,  although  occasionally  specimens  of  the  female 
sex  have  a  few  red  spots  on  the  hind  wing  at  the  anal  angle.  On  the  under  side  the  hind 
wings  have  a  conspicuous  submarginal  band  of  coral-red  spots,  as  shown  in  our  cut.  Expanse 
1.30  inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  the  leaves  of  the  wild  cherry  and  wild  plum.  The  insect  ranges 
from  the  Atlantic  to  tne  Rocky  Mountains  and  from  Maine  to  the  latitude  of  northern  Georgia. 

158 


(23)  Theda  dyiie  Edwards,  Plate  LXXXVII,  Fig.  4,  d" 
(Clytie). 

The  upper  side  of  this  pretty  little  insect  is  well  delineated 
in  our  figure.  On  the  lower  side  the  wings  are  white,  with  the 
usual  marginal  and  transverse  markings  quite  small  and  faint. 
Expanse  .90  inch.  The  species  occurs  in  Texas,  Arizona,  and 
northern  Mexico. 

GENUS  FENISECA  GROTE  (THE  HARVESTER) 

Small,  bright  orange-yellow  on  the  upper  side,  the  costal  and 
outer  margin  of  the  fore  wings  and  the  basal  half  of  the  hind 
wings  dark  brown.  On  the  under  side  more  or  less  mottled 
with  gray  and  brown,  the  markings  of  the  upper  side  reappear- 
ing. Egg  sub-globular,  much  wider  than  high,  marked  with  a 
multitude  of  fine  and  indistinct  raised  ridges  disposed  in  the 
form  of  polygonal  cells.  Caterpillar  slug-shaped,  covered  with 
bristling  spines,  upon  which  it  gathers  the  scales  of  the  mealy 
bugs  upon  which  it  feeds.  Chrysalis  brown  in  color,  showing 
a  remarkable  likeness  to  the  face  of  a  monkey,  a  phenomenon 
which  also  appears  in  the  case  of  its  allies  of  the  genus  Spalgis 
found  in  Africa  and  Asia,  as  the  writer  has  pointed  out. 

Only  one  species  of  the  genus  is  known. 

159 


PL.    LXXXVIII 


PL.  LXXXIX 


(1)  Feniseca  tarquinius  (Fabricius),  Plate  LXXXVIII,  Fig. 
1,  <?  (The  Harvester). 

There  is  considerable  variation  in  the  size  of  the  dark  mark- 
ings on  the  upper  side  of  the  wings,  and  in  some  specimens  they 
almost  entirely  disappear.  Expanse  1.30  inch.  Ranges  from 
Nova  Scotia  to  the  Carolinas,  and  through  Mississippi  valley. 

GENUS  CHRYSOPHANUS  DOUBLEDAY  (THE  COPPERS). 

Small  butterflies  with  the  upper  side  of  the  wings  some  shade 
of  coppery  red  or  orange,  often  glossed  with  deep  purple.  On 
the  under  side  the  wings  are  marked  with  a  multitude  of  spots 
and  lines.  Egg  hemispherical,  flattened  on  the  base,  pitted 
above  with  polygonal  or  circular  depressions.  Larva  slug- 
shaped,  thickest  in  the  middle  and  tapering  either  way,  head 
very  small.  Chrysalid  rounded  at  either  end,  and  supported 
by  a  silken  girdle  a  little  forward  of  the  middle. 

The  genus  is  found  in  both  hemispheres.  There  are  over  a 
dozen  species  in  the  United  States,  five  of  which  we  have  se- 
lected for  illustration. 

(1)  Chrysophanus  xanth&ides  (Boisduval),  Plate  LXXXVIII, 
Fig.  2,c?  (The  Great  Copper). 
16C 


This  is  the  largest  species  of  the  genus  in  America.  On  the  under  side  the  wings  are 
creamy  white,  and  the  spots  of  the  upper  side  reappear  as  black  markings,  which  show  forth 
very  distinctly  on  the  lighter  ground.  Expanse  1.50-1.65  inch. 

The  species  is  confined  to  the  western  half  of  the  continent. 

(2)  Chrysophanus  hypophlceas  (Boisduval),  Plate  LXXXIX,  Fig.  1,   9   (The  American 
Copper). 

This  is  one  of  the  commonest  butterflies  in  the  United  States.  Everybody  has  seen  it  flit- 
ting about  upon  lawns  and  in  gardens.  The  figure  we  give  is  unmistakable.  Expanse  1 .00  inch. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  common  sorrel  (Rumex  acetoselld).  The  insect  ranges  from 
Hudson  Bay  to  the  Gulf  States,  but  does  not  invade  the  hot  belt  about  the  Gulf. 

(3)  Chrysophanus  epixanthe  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  LXXXIX,  Fig.  2,  cf  (The 
Least  Copper). 

The  smallest  species  in  the  genus,  confined  to  the  north.  The  male  above  has  the  wings 
fuscous,  shot  with  violet,  with  a  few  red  spots  near  the  anal  angle  of  the  hind  wings.  The  female 
is  pale  gray  above,  more  profusely  marked  with  dark  spots  than  the  male.  Below  the  wings  are 
pale  gray  sprinkled  with  bluish  scales  at  the  base,  marked  as  above.  Expanse  0.85-0.95  inch. 

Common  from  Newfoundland  to  British  Columbia,  never  south  of  New  England. 

(4)  Chrysophanus  thoe  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  LXXXIX,  Fig,  3,  rf1  (The  Bronze 
Copper). 

The  female  differs  from  the  male  in  having  the  fore  wings  bright  coppery  red,  marked  with 
a  number  of  dark  spots,  three  in  the  cell,  one  below  it,  and  an  irregular  transverse  band 

161 


PL.  XC 


of  them  crossing  the  limbal  area.  The  outer  margin  is  heavily 
banded  with  fuscous.  Below  the  fore  wing  is  tawny  red  in 
both  sexes,  pale  gray  at  the  apex;  the  hind  wings  are  bluish 
gray  with  a  broad  band  of  carmine  on  the  outer  margin.  Both 
wings  underneath  profusely  adorned  with  small  black  spots. 
Expanse  1.30-1.40  inch. 

Ranges  from  Maine  to  Colorado,  southward  to  northern 
Virginia. 

(5)  Chrysophanus  helloides  (Boisduval),  Plate  XC,  Fig.  1,  tf 
(The  Purplish  Copper). 

The  male  has  the  wings  on  the  upper  side  broadly  shot  with 
iridescent  purple;  the  female,  which  is  larger  than  the  male, 
has  th-  wings  red,  with  less  iridescence.  Below  the  fore  wings 
in  both  sexes  are  pale  red,  the  hind  wings  reddish  gray  with  a 
marginal  row  of  brick-red  crescents.  Expanse  1 .15-1 .30  inch. 

Ranges  from  northern  Illinois  to  British  Columbia. 

GENUS  LYC^ENA  FABRICIUS  (THE  BLUES) 

The  butterflies  in  this  group  are  generally  small,  with  the 

upper  side  of  some  shade  of  pale  blue.     On  the  under  side  the 

wings  are  paler  in  color,  variously  marked  with  spots  and  lines. 

The  genus  in  recent  years  has  been  subdivided  into  smaller 

162 


subgenera  but  as  an  ability  to  discriminate  these  involves  a  knowledge  of  minuter  anatomical 
details,  which  is  only  possessed  by  specialists,  the  writer  has  not  deemed  it  worth  the  while 
in  a  little  manual  like  this  to  go  deeply  into  these  matters.  The  old  name  Lycoena,  which  has 
been  in  vogue  for  a  century,  and  which  is  still  applied  to  part  of  the  group,  is  sufficiently 
characteristic.  It  we  were  reviewing  all  the  species  of  the  world,  of  which  there  are  many 
hundreds  in  this  assemblage  of  forms,  we  would  be  forced  to  use  the  minuter  methods  of  classi- 
fication. The  eggs  are  turban-shaped;  the  caterpillars  are  slug-shaped,  feeding  on  the  petals 
and  bracts  of  flowers  or  tender  terminal  leaves;  the  chrysalids  are  short,  rounded  at  either 
end,  supported  by  a  silken  girdle  and  closely  appressed  to  the  supporting  surface. 

(1)  Lycama  couperi  Grote,  Plate  XC,  Fig.  2,  cf,  under  side  (Couper's  Blue). 

On  the  upper  side  the  wings  of  the  male  are  pale  shining  blue  with  a  narrow  black  border; 
of  the  female  darker  blue  broadly  margined  with  dusky.  On  the  under  side  in  both  sexes 
the  wings  are  brownish  gray  relieved  with  white  spots,  having  dark  pupils.  Expanse  1.25 
inch.  It  is  a  boreal  form. 

(2)  Lycoena  aster  Edwards,  Plate  XC,  Fig.  3,  tf,  under  side  (The  Aster  Blue). 

On  the  upper  side  the  male  is  pale  lilac-blue,  the  female  darker  blue,  with  a  submarginal 
row  of  paler  blue  spots  on  the  margin  of  the  hind  wing.  On  the  under  side  the  fore  wings 
have  a  dark  bar  at  the  end  of  the  cell  followed  on  the  limbal  area  with  a  curved  band  of  small 
dark  spots.  This  style  of  decoration  is  repeated  on  the  hind  wings,  and  in  addition  there  is 
a  marginal  band  of  pale  yellow  oval  spots,  each  surrounded  by  a  fine  black  encircling  line. 
Expanse  0.95-1.00  inch.  The  insect  is  known  thus  far  only  from  Newfoundland. 

163 


PL.   XCI 


(3)  Lycoena.melissa  Edwards,  Plate  XC,  Fig.  4,  9   (The 
Orange-margined  Blue). 

The  male  on  the  upper  side  is  pale  blue,  with  a  narrow  black 
marginal  line  and  white  fringes.  The  female  is  brown  01 
lilac-gray  with  a  series  of  orange-red  crescents  on  the  outer 
margin  of  both  wings.  The  wings  below  are  stone-gray  with 
the  usual  spots,  but  on  the  hind  wings  the  orange  crescents  are 
oblong  tipped  inwardly  with  black  and  outwardly  with  me- 
tallic green.  Expanse  0.90-1.15  inch. 

Ranges  from  Arizona  to  Montana. 

(4)  Lyccena  scudderi  Edwards,  Plate  XCI,  Fig.  1,  cT  (Scud- 
der's  Blue). 

Our  figure  gives  a  good  idea  of  the  upper  side  of  the  male, 
which  is  hard  to  discriminate  from  the  same  sex  of  L.  melissa. 
The  female  is  darker,  and  has  only  a  few  orange  crescents  on 
the  outer  margin  of  the  hind  wing  on  the  upper  side.  On  the 
under  side  the  wings  are  shining  white,  the  spots  much  re- 
duced in  size,  the  large  orange  spots  found  in  L.  melissa  being 
replaced  by  little  ochreous  spots  very  obscurely  tipped  ex- 
ternally by  a  few  greenish  scales. 


164 


The  caterpillar  feeds  on  lupine  and  allied  plants.  The  in- 
sect is  very  common  in  the  basin  of  the  St.  Lawrence  River 
and  the  Great  Lakes.  It  abounds  in  central  New  York. 

(5)  Lycoena  pseudargiolus  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  XCI, 
Fig.  2,  rf  ;  Fig.  3,  9  .  Form  negle'cta  Edwards,  Plate  XCI,  Fig. 
4,  rT  ;  Fig.  5,  9  .  Form  lucia  Kirby,  Plate  XCII,  Fig.  1,  rf1, 
under  side.  Form  marginata  Edwards,  Plate  XCII,  Fig.  2,  <~? , 
under  side;  Fig.  3,  nf  upper  side.  Form  nigra  Edwards,  Plate 
XCII,  Fig.  4,  ^  (The  Common  Blue). 

This  insect  which  is  very  common  and  may  be  found  upon 
the  wing  from  early  spring  until  late  in  the  autumn  illustrates 
in  a  remarkable  manner  the  phenomenon  of  polymorphism; 
that  is  to  say,  it  has  a  number  of  forms,  some  of  which  are  sea- 
sonal, some  of  which  are  sexual,  some  of  which  are  climatic. 
It  is  in  fact  only  through  the  labors  of  the  late  William  Henry 
Edwards  that  some  of  the  mysteries  were  cleared  up,  he  having 
by  breeding  established  the  fact  that  some  of  the  so-called 
species  could  be  raised  from  eggs  derived  from  one  common 
stock.  The  great  series  of  specimens  upon  which  his  conclu- 
sions were  founded  are  in  the  possession  of  the  writer,  and  have 
from  time  to  time  been  supplemented  by  a  vast  amount  of 
other  material  all  of  which  confirms  his  teachings. 

165 


PL.    XCII 


The  forms  lucia  and  marginata  are  winter  forms,  coming  from  chrysalids  which  have  en- 
dured the  long  cold  of  the  winter  months  and  are  the  first  to  appear  in  spring.  They  are  the 
only  forms  which  occur  in  the  far  north  near  the  Arctic  Circle. 

The  forms  pseudargiolus  and  neglecta  are  summer  forms  of  the  second  and  third  genera- 
tions, produced  from  eggs  laid  by  lucia  and  marginata.  Nigra  is  a  dimorphic  female  form  be- 
longing to  the  summer  broods  and  is  melanic;  that  is  to  say,  it  is  a  form  in  which  dark  color 
prevails.  Students  of  biology  recognize  a  tendency  in  some  animals  to  become  black,  while 
there  is  also  a  tendency  to  become  white,  or  to  produce  albinoes.  These  tendencies  in  op- 
posite directions  in  color  are  often  observed  in  butterflies,  and  the  melanic  female  of  the 
species  under  consideration  illustrates  it.  There  is  still  another  form,  piasus,  which  occur! 
in  Arizona  and  Mexico,  and  is  climatic,  or  due  to  the  influence  of  environment. 

The  winter  forms  are  dwarfed  and  darkly  marked  on  the  under  side  as  our  figures  show 
the  summer  forms  are  larger,  pale  on  the  under  side  and  dark  on  the  outer  borders  above. 

The  species  has  a  range  in  the  expanse  of  wing  of  from  0.85-1.25  inch. 

It  occurs  from  Alaska  to  Florida,  and  from  Anticosti  to  northern  Mexico. 

(G)  Lyccena  amyntula  Boisduval,  Plate  XCIII,  Fig.  1,  cT ;  Fig.  2,  $  (The  Western  Tailed 
Blue). 

Male  pale  blue  on  upper  side;  female  darker,  the  hind  wings  with  a  submarginal  row  of 
orange  crescents  pupilled  with  black.  Expanse  1.00-1.25  inch. 

Ranges  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  to  the  Pacific  in  British  America  and  southward  as 
far  as  Colorado. 

(7)  Lycaenacomyntas  (Godart),  Plate  XCIII,  Fig.  3,6";  Fig.  4,  $  (The  Eastern  Tailed  Blue). 

166 


Somewhat  closely  resembling  the  preceding,  but  appreciably 
smaller.  Expanse  1.00-1.10  inch. 

Ranges  from  the  Saskatchewan  to  Costa  Rica,  and  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Rocky  Mountains. 

(8)  Lycoena  isophthalma  Herrich-Schaffer,  Plate  XCIII,  Fig. 
5,  9  (The  Dwarf  Blue). 

Light  brown  above  in  both  sexes,  with  a  row  of  dark  spots  on 
outer  margin  of  hind  wings;  below  pale  brown  profusely  marked 
by  light  spots  and  bands,  the  dark  marginal  spots  of  the  upper 
side  reappearing,  and  defined  by  circlets  of  metallic  scales. 
Expanse  0.75  inch. 

Found  in  the  Gulf  States  and  the  Antilles. 

(9)  Lyccena  exilis  Boisduval,  Plate  XCIII,  Fig.  6,  c?  (The 
Pygmy  Blue). 

The  smallest  of  North  American  butterflies,,  closely  resem- 
bling the  foregoing,  but  distinguished  by  the  white  spot  on 
fringe  near  inner  angle  of  fore  wing,  and  the  white  fringes  of  the 
same  wing  near  apex.  Expanse  0.65  inch. 

The  Pygmy  occurs  in  the  Gulf  States  and  in  tropical  America. 

(10)  Lyccena  theona  Lucas,  Plate  XCIII,  Fig.  7,    9    (The 
West  Indian  Blue). 

167 


PL.    XCMi 


PL.   XCIV 


Male  shining  lavender-blue;  this  color  also  glosses  the  dark 
outer  borders  of  the  wings;  female  white,  with  outer  borders 
heavily  blackish;  fore  wings  shot  with  shining  sky-blue  at  base. 
Hind  wings  near  anal  angle  have  conspicuous  eye-spots  both 
above  and  below.  Expanse  0.80  inch. 

Occurs  in  the  Gulf  States  and  throughout  the  tropics  of  the 
New  World. 

(11)  Lyccsna  acmon  Doubleday  &  Hewitson,  Plate  XCIV, 
Fig.  1,  cT  (Red-margined  Blue). 

In  many  respects  resembling  L.  melissa,  but  somewhat  smaller. 
Male  on  upper  side  brighter  blue,  and  female  not  as  brown 
as  L.  melissa,  though  darker  than  the  male,  her  wings 
broadly  shot  with  violet-blue.  In  both  sexes  a  broad  deep 
red  submarginal  band  on  hind  wings,  marked  with  black  spots. 
Expanse  0.85-1.10  inch. 

Ranges  from"  Arizona  to  Washington  and  Montana.  The 
larva  feeds  on  Hosackia. 

(12)  Lycaena  ammon  Lucas,  Plate  XCIV,  Fig.  2,   9  ,  under 
side  (The  Indian  River  Blue). 

Male  brilliant  lilac-blue  on  upper  side;  female  violet-blue 
168 


with  wide  black  borders  on  fore  wings,  and  one  or  two  conspicuous  eye-spots  near  anal  angle  cf 
hind  wings,  each  surmounted  by  a  carmine  crescent.  Expanse  0.95-1.10  inch. 

Not  uncommon  in  southern  Florida;  abundant  in  the  Antilles  and  tropical  America. 

(13)  Lycosna  marina  Reakirt,  Plate  XCIV,  Fig.  4,   O   (The  Marine  Blue). 

Male  on  upper  side  pale  dusky  lilac,  the  dark  bands  of  the  under  side  showing  through  ot» 
upper  side.  Female  dark  brown  above,  with  wings  at  base  shot  with  lilac-blue;  the  dark 
bands  on  the  disk  are  prominent  in  this  sex,  especially  on  fore  wings.  Expanse  1.10  inch. 

Occurs  in  Texas,  Arizona,  southern  California,  and  southward.  The  larva  feeds  on 
alfalfa  and  allied  plants. 

(14)  Lycosna  lygdamus  (Doubleday),  Plate  XCIV,  Fig.  3,  cf  (The  Silvery  Blue). 

The  upper  side  is  well  shown  in  our  illustration.  The  under  side  is  pale  chocolate-brown, 
having  on  both  wings  a  submarginal  band  of  black  spots  encircled  with  white,  similar  spots 
at  the  end  of  the  cells,  and  one  or  two  also  on  the  costa  of  the  hind  wing.  Expanse  0.85- 
1.00  inch. 

Ranges  from  Michigan  to  Georgia. 

(15)  Lycana  heteronea  Boisduval,  Plate  XCIV,  Fig.  5,  & ;  Fig.  6,   $   (The  Varied  Blue). 
The  largest  species  of  the  genus.     Male  blue,  female  brown;  the  markings  on  upper  side 

of  latter  recalling  the  female  of  the  genus  Chrysophanus.  Expanse  1.25-1.40  inch.  Below  the 
wings  are  white  marked  with  faint  brown  spots  on  the  hind  wings  and  more  distinct  spots 
on  the  fore  wings. 

Ranges  from  Colorado  to  California  at  suitable  elevations  among  the  mountains. 

169 


FAMILY  PAPILIONID^E 

(THE  SWALLOW-TAILS  AND  ALLIES). 

The  butterflies  of  this  group  are  provided  in  both  sexes  with  six  legs  adapted  to  walking. 
The  internal  vein  of  the  hind  wing  is  wanting,  its  place  being  taken  by  the  submedian.  Cat- 
erpillars elongate,  and  in  the  genus  Papilio  provided  with  osmateria  or  protrusive  forking  scent- 
organs,  which,  when  excited,  they  thrust  forth  from  the  pouch  back  of  the  head  in  which  they 
usually  lie  concealed.  Chrysalids  in  all  the  genera  more  or  less  elongate,  attached  at  anal  ex- 
tremity to  a  button  of  silk,  and  held  in  place  by  a  silk  girdle,  but 'never  closely  appressed  tc 
the  supporting  surface  as  is  the  case  in  the  Erycinidce  and  Lyccenidoe. 

SUBFAMILY  PIERIN^E 
(THE  YELLOWS,  SULPHURS,  AND  WHITES). 

For  the  most  part  small  or  medium-sized  butterflies,  white  or  yellow  in  color,  with  dark 
marginal  markings.  The  eggs  are  spindle-shaped,  marked  with  vertical  ridges  and  horizontal 
cross-lines.  The  caterpillars  are  cylindrical,  relatively  long,  generally  green  in  color,  with  longitu- 
dinal stripes.  The  chrysalids  are  more  or  less  pointed  at  the  head,  with  the  wing-cases  greatly 
developed  on  the  ventral  side,  forming  a  more  or  less  keel-shaped  projection  upon  this  surface. 

The  subfamily  is  very  large,  and  is  well  represented  in  the  tropics  of  both  the  eastern 
and  western  hemispheres.  Certain  genera  are  also  widely  distributed  in  the  colder  regions  of 
both  the  north  and  the  south,  among  them  the  genus  Colias,  species  of  which  occur  from  Green- 
land to  Patagonia  and  from  the  North  Cape  to  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

170 


GENUS  TACHYRIS  WALLACE 
(THE  FLORIDA  WHITE). 

There  are  about  seventy  species  in  this  genus,  all  of  which 
are  found  in  the  Old  World,  except  the  one  which  occurs  in  our 
fauna,  and  which  has  a  very  wide  range  throughout  the  tropics 
of  the  New  World. 

(1)  Tachyris  Uaire  (Godart),  Plate  XCV,  Fig.  1,  cT  ;  Fig.  2,  9  . 
Our  plate  gives  such  an  excellent  reproduction  of  the  upper 
side  of  the  wings  of  this  species  that  no  formal  description 
seems  necessary.  A  melanic  form  of  the  female  sometimes 
occurs  in  which  the  wings  are  almost  wholly  dull  blackish  on 
both  sides.  Normally  the  under  side  of  the  wings  in  the  female 
is  pearly  white  marked  with  bright  orange  at  base  of  fore 
wings.  Expanse  2.50-2.75  inches. 

Occurs  in  southern  Florida  and  throughout  tropical  America. 

GENUS  PIERIS  SCHRANK 
(THE  WHITES). 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  generally  white  in  color,  marked 
on  both  upper  and  under  sides  with  darker  lines  and  spots. 
Antennae  clubbed;  palpi  short,  compressed,  with  the  last  joint 

171 


\ 
"-^if 


PL.  XCVI 


short  and  pointed.  Eggs  spindle-shaped,  with  vertical  raised 
ridges.  Caterpillar  elongate,  head  hemispherical,  feeding  upon 
cruciferous  plants.  Chrysalis  attached  by  anal  extremity  and 
held  in  place  by  a  silk  girdle;  concave  on  the  ventral  side,  con- 
vex on  the  dorsal  side,  with  a  hump-like  or  keel-shaped  emi- 
nence on  the  thorax.  Head  conical. 

An  extensive  genus,  confined  principally  to  the  northern 
hemisphere. 

(1)  Pieris  monuste  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XCVI,  Fig.  1,  cT;  Fig- 
2,  V   (The  Great  Southern  White). 

Our  figure  gives  a  perfect  idea  of  the  upper  side  of  the  wings. 
Hind  wing  on  under  side  grayish  saffron,  crossed  by  a  poorly 
defined  pale  brown  transverse  band  of  spots,  the  veins  pale 
brown,  between  them  pale  brown  rays  on  the  interspaces. 
Expanse  1.65-2.35  inches. 

Has  a  wide  range  in  tropical  America.  Common  in  the  Gulf 
States. 

(2)  Pieris  protodice  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  XCVII. 
Fig.  1,  cT;  Fig.  2,   9   (The  Common  White). 

Our  illustration  of  both  sexes  obviates  the  necessity  for  a 
description.     Expanse  1.90-2.15  inches. 
172 


Ranges  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  from 
southern  Canada  to  the  Gulf  States. 

(3)  Pieris  napi  (Linnaeus),  variety  oleracea  (Harris),  Plate 
XCVIII,  Fig.  1,  rf1;  variety  pallida  Scudder,  Plate  XCVI1I, 
Fig.  2,  cJ*;  variety  bryonice  (Ochsenheimer),  Plate  XCVIII, 
Fig.  3,  ?  (The  Mustard  White).     (See  p.  174.) 

Occurs  throughout  temperate  and  boreal  North  America, 
ranging  well  up  to  the  Arctic  Circle;  also  occurs  in  the  eastern 
hemisphere,  ranging  from  north  Africa  to  the  North  Cape,  and 
all  over  temperate  and  subarctic  Asia.  There  are  a  multitude 
of  forms  which  have  been  named  and  described;  we  give  but 
three  of  those  found  in  America.  Oleracea  is  a  winter  form; 
pallida  is  the  common  form;  and  bryonice  is  a  subarctic  form 
found  in  Alaska,  Siberia,  and  the  Alps  in  Europe. 

The  species  ranges  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  from 
Alaska  to  the  northern  boundaries  of  the  Gulf  States.  Ex- 
panse 1.50-2.00  inches. 

(4)  Pieris  rapce  (Linnaeus),  Plate  XCIX,  Fig.  1,  c? ;  Fig.  2,  9 
(The  Cabbage  Butterfly).     (See  p.  174.) 

This  excessively  common  insect  has  been  in  comparatively 

•  .«      173 


PL.  xcvn 


PL.    XCVIi 


f 


recent  years  introduced 
from  Europe.  It  first  ap- 
peared about  Quebec  in 
1860;  since  then  it  has 
come  to  occupy  the  conti- 
nent, and  wherever  cab- 
bages are  grown  hundreds 
of  these  butterflies  may  be 
seen.  The  loss  to  garden- 
ers which  it  causes  is 
estimated  to  run  into  mil- 
lions of  dollars  annually. 
It  feeds  on  all  the  Cruci- 
ferce.  The  multiplication 
of  P.  rapce  has  been  fol- 
lowed by  the  partial  ex- 
tinction of  our  native  Pie- 
rids  just  as  our  birds  have 
disappeared  before  the 
English  Sparrow.  Expanse 
2.00  inches. 


PL.  XCIX 


174 


GENUS  NATI1ALIS  BOISDUVAL 

Small  yellow  butterflies  margined  with  black.  Fore  wings 
somewhat  narrow  and  produced;  antennae  quite  short;  upper 
radial  vein  in  fore  wing  wanting.  There  are  three  species  found 
in  the  subtropical  regions  of  the  New  World,  one  of  which  in- 
vades our  territory. 

(1)  Naihalis  iole,  Boisduval  Plate  C,  Fig.  1,  tf ;  Fig.  2,  2 
(The  Dwarf  Yellow). 

This  little  species,  of  which  we  give  excellent  figures,  cannot 
be  mistaken.  Expanse  1.00-1.25  inch. 

It  ranges  from  southern  Indiana  and  Illinois  to  Arizona, 
southern  California,  and  northern  Mexico.  The  larva  feeds  on 
Erodium  cicutarium  or  pin-clover,  and  other  Geraniaceoe. 

GENUS  EUCHLOE  HOBNER 
(THE  ORANGE-TIPS  AND  MARBLE-WINGS). 

Small  butterflies,  white  in  color,  with  the  apex  of  the  fore 
wings  dark  brown,  marked  with  spots  and  bands  of  orange- 
yellow  or  crimson;  on  the  under  side  the  hind  wings  are  gen- 
erally more  or  less  mottled  with  green  spots  and  striae.  Eggs 

17/5 


PL.    C 


PL. 


spindle-shaped;  caterpillar  relatively  long,  with  small  headJ 
chrysalis  with  the  head  greatly  produced,  wing-cases  compressed 
forming  a  keel-shaped  projection. 

(1)  Euchloe  ausonides  (Lucas),  Plate  C,  Fig.  3,   <j\  under 
side  (The  Western  Orange-tip). 

On  upper  side  wings  at  apex  tipped  with  dark  fuscous,  and 
lack  altogether  the  orange  or  red  which  is  characteristic  of 
most  of  the  other  species  of  the  genus.  On  under  side  fore 
wings  have  a  very  pale  greenish  tint;  hind  wings  marked  with 
three  irregular  green  bands,  more  or  less  broken  up,  forking  in 
various  directions.  Expanse  1.65-1.90  inch. 

Ranging  from  Arizona  to  Alaska  and  eastward  to  Colorado. 

(2)  Euchloe  genutia  (Fabricius).     Plate  C,  Fig.  4,  tf  (The 
Falcate  Orange-tip). 

Readily  recognized  by  the  hooked  tip  of  the  fore  wings. 
The  female  has  rio  orange  marking  on  the  tip.  Single-brooded 
in  the  Northern  States,  but  double-brooded  in  the  Carolinas. 
Expanse  1.30-1.50  inch.  The  caterpillar  feeds  on  Sisybrium, 
Arabis,  Cardamine,  and  other  cruciferous  plants. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Texas. 
176 


(3)  Euchloe  sara  (Lucas)   Plate  CI,  Fig.  1,  ft  (Lucas'  Orange-tip). 

There  are  numerous  varieties  of  this  beautiful  insect.  On  the  under  side  the  hind  wings 
are  marked  with  irregular  patches  of  greenish  scales  having  a  "mossy"  appearance.  Expanse 
1.75  inch.  Occurs  in  Pacific  States. 

(4)  Euchloe  rosa  (Edwards),  Plate  CI,  Fig.  2,  d\  under  side  (The  Rosy  Marble- wing). 
Above  pure  white  without  any  red  at  the  tip  of  the  primaries;  a  transapical  black  band, 

broken  in  the  middle,  and  a  small  black  bar  closes  the  cell.  Under  side  well  shown  in  our  figure 
except  that  there  fails  to  appear  a  faint  rosy  tint  in  the  hind  wings  which  is  characteristic  of  all 
specimens  which  we  have  examined.  Expanse  1.35-1.40  inch.  Found  in  Texas. 

(5)  Euchloe  hyantis  (Edwards),  Plate  CI,  Fig.  3,   9  ,  under  side  (Edwards'  Marble-wing). 
This  species  also  is  without  orange  at  the  tip  of  the  fore  wings;  the  wings  on  the  under 

side  are  as  shown  in  our  figure,  heavily  marbled  on  the  hind  wings  with  dark  green  bands  and 
spots.  Expanse  1.65-1.85  inch.  Habitat  California. 

GENUS  CATOPSILIA  HUBNER  (THE  GREAT  SULPHURS) 

Large  butterflies;  brilliant  lemon-yellow  or  orange-yellow  marked  with  a  few  darker  spots 
and  with  a  narrow  band  of  brown,  especially  in  the  female,  on  the  outer  margin  of  the  fore 
wings.  Very  quick  in  flight.  Eggs  spindle-shaped  and  acutely  pointed,  vertically  ribbed. 
Caterpillars  relatively  long,  head  small,  segments  resembling  beads  strung  together,  surface 
covered  with  minute  papillae  in  transverse  rows.  Chrysalis  concave  dorsally,  head  conical, 
projecting,  wing-cases  compressed,  forming  a  wide  keel-shaped  projection  on  ventral  side. 

177 


PL.   Cll 


The  genus  is  mainly  tropical;  one  species,  however,  range* 
as  far  north  as  Long  Island  and  western  Pennsylvania. 

(1)  Catopsilia  eubule  (Linnaeus),  Plate  CII,  Fig.  1,  cT ;  Fig.  2, 
$  (The  Cloudless  Sulphur). 

Well  depicted  in  our  plate  and  requiring  no  special  descrip- 
tion. Expanse  2.50  inches.  The  caterpillar  feeds  on  legu- 
minous plants,  preferably  the  species  of  Cassia. 

GENUS  KRICOGONIA  REAKIRT 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  whitish  or  yellow  on  upper  side, 
with  some  dark  markings,  especially  in  the  male;  fore  wings 
somewhat  falcate. 

The  genus  is  confined  to  the  New  World;  one  species  occurs 
in  our  territory. 

(1)  Kricogonia  lyside  (Godart),  form  terissa  (Lucas),  Plate 
CIII,  Fig.  1,  c?i  Fig.  2,  9  (Godart's  Sulphur). 

Our  plate  gives  a  very  good  idea  of  this  insect  in  both  sexes, 
the  male  being  always  marked  near  the  outer  angle  of  hind 
wings  by  a  short  black  bar.  Expanse  1.90-2.10  inches. 

Found  in  southern  Texas  and  Mexico. 

There  are  a  number  of  forms  of  this  insect,  slightly  variant. 
178 


GENUS  MEGANOSTOMA  REAKIRT  (THE  DOG-FACE  BUT- 
TERFLIES) 

Closely  resembling  the  insects  of  the  next  genus,  from  which 
they  may  be  distinguished  by  the  more  pointed  fore  wings, 
and  the  fact  that  the  rude  outlines  of  the  head  of  a  dog  are 
shown  in  yellow  silhouette  upon  the  fore  wings.  There  are 
two  species  in  our  territory,  one  of  which,  M .  eurydice  Bois- 
duval,  found  in  California,  may  be  distinguished  from  the  other 
by  the  splendid  purplish  iridescence  of  the  fore  wings  of  the  male. 

(1)  Meganostmna  ccesonia  (Stoll),  Plate  CIV,  cT  (The  South- 
ern Dog-face).  (See  p.  180.) 

The  sexes  are  much  alike  in  this  species,  which  ranges  from 
Florida  and  the  Gulf  States  northward  as  far  as  southern 
Illinois.  Expanse  2.25  inches. 

GENUS  COLIAS  FABRICIUS  (THE  SULPHURS) 

Medium-sized  butterflies,  yellow,  orange,  and  sometimes 
white  or  greenish  yellow  with  dark-bordered  wings,  the  borders 
generally  heaviest  in  the  female.  Eggs  spindle-shaped,  taper- 
ing at  top  and  bottom,  and  attached  to  the  surface  where  laid 
by  a  flat  disk-like  expansion;  vertically  and  horizontally  ribbed. 


PL.  cm 


PL.    CIV 


Caterpillars  elongated;  head  small;  body  generally  green,  striped 
longitudinally.  They  feed  upon  leguminous  plants,  and 
especially  upon  the  various  species  of  clover  (Trifolium)  and 
Astragalus,  though  some  boreal  species  are  known  to  feed  upon 
the  foliage  of  huckleberries  (V actinium)  and  willows. 

The  genus  is  large  and  is  found  on  every  continent  except 
Australia.  It  is  lacking  in  the  very  hot  tropical  regions  of 
both  the  New  and  Old  Worlds,  but  is  found  in  Greenland  and 
thence  ranging  south  among  the  cordilleran  uplifts  to  Pata- 
gonia. It  is  represented  from  Japan  to  Norway,  and  turns  up 
at  the  Cape  of  Good  Hope. 

(1)  Colias  philodice  Godart,  Plate  CV,  Fig.  1,  tf\  Fig.  2, 
albino,  $  (The  Common  Sulphur). 

This  is  the  common  "Puddle-butterfly"  or  "Clover- 
butterfly"  which  every  child  has  seen  gathered  in  swarms  about 
moist  places,  or  hovering  by  the  score  or  hundreds  over  the 
blossoming  clover  fields.  There  are  many  variations  both  in 
size  and  color.  The  females  are  frequently  albinoes,  that  is 
to  say  they  are  white,  rather  than  yellow.  Now  and  *hen 
melanic  males  turn  up,  but  they  are  rare.  In  these  the  wings 
are  black,  of  the  same  color  as  the  borders  in  normal  specimens: 
Expanse  1.25-2.25  inches. 
180 


Ranges  from  Canada  to  Florida  and  westward  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

(2)  Colias  eurytheme  Boisduval,  Plate  CVI,  Fig.  1.  & ;  Plate 
CVII,  ?  ;  form  keewaydin  Edwards,  Plate  CVI,  Fig.  2,  J1  (The 
Orange  Sulphur).  (See  pp.  182  and  183.) 

This  is  a  form  which  is  known  to  be  very  strongly  polymor- 
phic, having  quite  as  many  varieties  and  races  as  Lycoena 
pseudargiolus,  for  instance.  C.  keewaydin  is  a  large  winter 
form,  which  has  the  wings  strongly  washed  with  orange;  there 
is  a  small  winter  form  called  C.  ariadne,  which  is  also  laved  with 
orange,  though  not  so  strongly.  There  is  another  form  called 
C.  eriphyle,  which  belongs  to  the  summer  brood,  which  has  no 
orange  on  the  wings,  but  is  plain  yellow;  and  there  are  still 
other  forms.  Expanse  1.60-2.15  inches. 

The  Orange  Sulphur  has  a  wide  range,  extending  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  and  from  Canada  to  the  northern  por- 
tions of  the  Gulf  States,  though  not  invading  the  hotter  parts 
of  these  states. 

GENUS  TERIAS  SWAINSON  (THE  YELLOWS) 

Small  butterflies,  generally  some  shade  of  orange  or  yellow, 
with  wings  more  delicate  in  structure  than  most  of  the  genera 

181 


PL.    CV 


PL.    CVI 


belonging  to  the  Pierince.  Both  wings  generally  rounded,  but 
in  a  few  species  produced  at  the  apex  of  the  fore  wing  and  at 
the  end  of  the  second  median  nervule  of  the  hind  wing.  Eggs 
spindle-shaped,  much  swollen  at  the  middle.  Larva  cylindri- 
cal, with  a  very  small  head,  and  the  three  first  segments  larger 
than  those  after  them  giving  the  body  a  humped  appearance 
in  front.  Chrysalis  compressed  laterally,  with  the  wing-cases 
forming  a  deep  keel  on  the  ventral  side,  more  pronounced  than 
in  any  other  American  genus,  except  Catopsilia. 

This  is  a  very  large  genus  represented  by  many  species  in  the 
tropical  and  subtropical  regions  of  both  the  eastern  and  western 
hemispheres.  Many  of  the  species  are  dimorphic  or  poly- 
morphic, and  there  is  a  vast  deal  of  confusion  as  to  their  classi- 
fication. 

(1)  Terias  nicippe  (Cramer),  Plate  CVIII,  Fig.  1,  cT ;  Fig- 
2,  9  (The  Small  Orange).  (See  Plate  on  p.  184.) 

The  species  is  subject  to  considerable  variation.  Rare  in 
New  England,  but  common  south  of  latitude  40°  as  far  as  the 
Rocky  Mountains;  also  reported  from  Southern  California, 
where  it  is  rare.  Expanse  1.50-2.00  inches. 


(2)  Terias  mexicana  Boisduval,  Plate   CVIII,  Fig.  3,   6" 
ihe  Mexican  Yellow).     (See  Plate  on  p.  184.) 

Easily  recognizable  by  our  figure.  Expanse  1 .75-1 .85  inch. 
Found  in  Texas  and  Arizona,  thence  southward. 

(3)  Terias  lisa  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  CIX,  Fig.  1, 
c?  (The  Little  Sulphur).     (See  Plate  on  p.  184.) 

Allied  to  the  three  following  species,  but  may  be  told  apart 
at  once  by  the  solid  black  outer  borders  of  the  wings  and  the 
absence  of  the  black  band  on  the  hind  margin  of  the  fore  wing. 
Expanse  1.25-1.60  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Honduras,  east  of  the  Rockies. 

(4)  Terias  elathea  (Cramer),  Plate  CIX,   Fig.  2,  cT   (The 
Florida  Yellow).     (See  Plate  on  p.  184.) 

May  be  told  from  the  next  two  species  by  the  white  hind 
wings.     Expanse  1.25-1.40  inch. 
Found  in  Florida,  Mexico,  and  the  Antilles. 

(5)  Terias  delia  (Cramer),  Plate  CX,  Fig.  1.  tf;  Fig.  2.  9 
(The  Gulf  Yellow).     (See  Plate  on  p.  185.) 

183 


PL.    CVII 


PL.   CVIII 


Almost  exactly  like  the 
preceding  species,  but  the 
hind  wings  are  yellow 
above  and  red  below,  and 
the  apex  of  the  fore  wing 
is  red  below.  Expanse 
1.25-1.  50  inch. 

Common  in  the  Gulf 
States. 

This  species  and  the  one 
preceding  and  following 
are  very  closely  related  but 
perfectly  distinct.  They 
are  apt  to  puzzle  the  be- 
ginner, but  by  comparison 
he  will  soon  learn  to  dis- 
criminate them. 

(6)  Terias  jucunda 
(Boisduval  &  Leconte), 
Plate  CX,  Fig.  3,  tf  (The 
Fairy  Yellow). 


PL. 


184 


Separable  from  the  preceding  species  by  the  black  border 
surrounding  the  hind  wing,  and  the  pale  under  surface.  Ex- 
panse 1.60-1.75  inch. 

Found  in  the  Gulf  States. 

(7)  Terms  proterpia  (Fabricius),  Plate  CX,  Fig.  4,  6"  (The 
Cadmium  Orange). 

Our  figure  will  enable  the  student  to  immediately  recognize 
it.  Expanse  1.50-1.75  inch. 

Found  in  Texas,  Arizona,  and  Mexico. 

SUBFAMILY  PARNASSIIN^) 

(THE  PARNASSIANS). 

This  peculiar  group  of  butterflies  is  classed  with  the  Papilio- 
nidse  because  the  internal  vein  of  the  hind  wings  is  always 
wanting,  a  characteristic  of  all  papilionine  genera.  The  cater- 
pillars are  not  provided  with  osmateria,  or  offensive  scent- 
organs,  and  pupation  takes  place  upon  the  ground  among 
loosely  scattered  leaves  which  are  interwoven  by  the  larva 
with  a  few  loose  strands  of  silk.  The  insects  are  mainly  in- 
habitants of  the  mountain  regions  of  the  northern  hemisphere. 

185 


PL.   CX 


PL.    CXI 


GENUS  PARNASSIUS  LATHE  ILLE 
(THE  PARNASSIANS). 

What  has  been  said  of  the  family  will  suffice  to  characterize 
the  genus. 

(1)  Parnassius  smintheus  Doubleday  &  Ilewitson,  Plate 
CXI,  Fig.  1,  cT;  Fig.  2,  9  (The  Colorado  Parnassian). 

This  is  a  somewhat  variable  species,  but  may  easily  be 
recognized  by  the  figures  we  give.  Expanse  d\  2.00-2.50; 
9 ,  2.25-3.00  inches. 

Ranges  from  New  Mexico  and  Colorado  west  to  California 
and  north  to  Montana.  The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  Sedum  and 
Saxifraga. 

SUBFAMILY  PAPILIONIN^ 
(THE  SWALLOW-TAILS). 

Large  butterflies.     As  shown  on  Plate  A,  Fig.  10,  the  hind 
wings  lack  the  internal  vein,  its  place  being  held  by  the  sub- 
median  vein.     There  is  great  diversity  of  form  in  this  group. 
Many  species  are  tailed,  as  are  the  three  occurring  in  Europe. 
186 


and  the  name  common  in  England  has  come  in  popular  phrase 
to  be  loosely  applied  to  the  whole  genus. 

There  are  many  hundreds  of  species  and  varietal  forms, 
most  of  which  occur  in  the  tropics  of  the  eastern  and  western 
hemispheres.  There  are  only  three  species  found  in  all  Europe; 
there  are  about  thirty  found  in  the  United  States  and  Canada. 

GENUS  PAPILIO  LINN^US 

(THE  SWALLOW-TAILS). 

• 

This  great  genus  has  been  subdivided  for  purposes  of  classi- 
fication into  a  number  of  smaller  groups  or  subgenera,  which 
are  useful  when  dealing  with  the  whole  assemblage  of  species, 
but  which  in  a  manual  like  this,  dealing  with  only  a  few  forms, 
may  consistently  be  overlooked. 

(1)  Papilio  ajax  Linnaeus.  Winter  form  walshi  Edwards, 
Plate  CXII,  cf;  summer  form  marcellus  Boisduval,  Plate 
CXIII,  rf1  (The  Papaw  Butterfly). 

The  species  is  more  or  less  polymorphic.  Plate  CXII  repre- 
sents the  form  which  emerges  in  the  spring  of  the  year  from 
chrysalids  which  have  overwintered;  Plate  CXIII  shows  the 
form  which  appears  in  the  second  brood  and  in  which  the  tails 

187 


PL.  CXII! 

are  twice  as  long  as  in  the  first.     There  are  other  forms.     Ex- 
panse 2.50-3.25  inches. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  the  leaves  of  the  Papaw  (Asimina 
trilobd)  and  wherever  this  plant  grows  the  insect  may  be  found. 
It  ranges  from  New  England  and  Ontario  to  Florida  and  far 
westward  through  the  valley  of  the  Mississippi. 

(2)  Papilio  turnus  Linnseus,  Plate  CXIV,  rf;  Plate  CXV, 
P.  glaucus  Linnseus,  dark  dimorphic  9 ,  under  side  (The  Tiger 
Swallow-tail)* 

In  the  Middle  States  and  southward  a  large  proportion  of 
the  females  are  black,  belonging  to  the  form  glaucus;  in  Ontario 
and  northward  and  westward  to  Alaska  the  females  are  yellow, 
like  the  males.  The  Alaskan  form  is  very  small,  dwarfed  by 
the  cold  and  poor  feeding.  The  figure  on  Plate  CXIV  is  that 
of  a  male  from  Alaska  of  the  natural  size;  a  specimen  taken  in 
Pennsylvania  would  be  nearly  twice  as  large.  The  metropolis 
of  the  species  is  the  Appalachian  uplift;  but  it  ranges  north- 
westward to  Alaska  and  south  to  the  Gulf  States.  Expanse 
3.00-5.00  inches. 

The  caterpillars  are  partial  to  the  foliage  of  wild  cherry  trees, 
but  are  found  on  a  great  variety  of  plants. 
188 


FL.    CX1V 


The  dark  female  form 
reveals  its  relationship  to 
the  paler  form  by  the 
stripes  on  the  under  side. 
On  the  upper  side  the  in- 
sect shown  on  Plate  CXV 
is  very  black  and  shows  no 
stripes  at  all.  I  possess 
females  with  yellow  wings 
on  one  side  and  black  on 
the  other.  The  identity 
of  the  forms  named  by 
Linnaeus  turnus  and  g Cau- 
cus could  not  be  more 
forcibly  shown  than  by 
these  specimens  in  which 
the  two  are  united  by  the 
vital  force  which  called 
them  into  being. 


189 


PL.   CXV 


PL.    CXVI 


PL.  OXVM 


190 


(3)  Papilio  rutulus  Boisduval  Plate,  CXVI,  rf1  (The  Pacific 
Tiger). 

Closely  resembling  P.  turnus,  which  it  replaces  on  the  Pacific 
Coast  in  Washington  and  southward.  The  female  is  never  di- 
morphic; the  marginal  light  spots  on  the  under  side  of  the  fore 
wings  run  together  forming  a  continuous  band,  and  are  not 
separate  as  in  P.  turnus.  Expanse  3.50-4.25  inches. 

The  larva  feeds  on  alder  and  willows. 

(4)  Papilio  eurymedon  Boisduval,  Plate  CXVII,   d"   (The 
White-striped  Tiger). 

Belonging  to  the  same  group  as  the  two  preceding  species, 
but  distinguished  by  the  pale  creamy  white  color  of  the  ground- 
color of  the  wings,  and  by  the  fact  that  the  submarginal  spots 
on  the  under  side  of  the  fore  wings  form,  as  in  P.  rutulus,  a 
continuous  band.  Expanse  3.50-4.00  inches. 

The  caterpillar  feeds  on  Rhamnus  californicus  and  other 
plants.  The  insect  ranges  from  Mexico  to  British  Columbia 
and  eastward  to  Colorado. 

(5)  Papilio  daunus  Boisduval,  Plate  CXVII1,    cf    (The 
Two-tailed  Swallow-tail). 


PL.  CXIX 


PL.    CXX 


This  fine  insect  is  even  larger  than  P.  turnus,  which  it  some- 
what resembles,  but  from  which  it  can  at  once  be  distinguished 
by  the  two  tails  on  the  hind  wings,  followed  by  a  lobe  at  the 
anal  angle.  Expanse  4.00-5.25  inches. 

Found  in  the  region  of  the  Rocky  Mountains  from  Idaho 
south  to  Mexico,  but  not  found  west  of  the  Sierra  Nevada  and 
Coast  Ranges  in  California. 

(6)  Papilio   pilumnus  Boisduval,   Plate   CXIX,  d"    (The 
Three-tailed  Swallow-tail). 

Easily  recognized  from  our  figure.  The  lobe  at  the  anal  angle 
is  so  much  produced  as  to  give  the  hind  wing  the  appearance 
of  having  three  tails.  Expanse  3.80-4.30  inches. 

A  Mexican  species  which  occasionally  is  found  in  Arizona. 
It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  species  of  the  group  to  which  it 
belongs  and  is  rare  in  collections. 

(7)  Papilio   cresphontes   Cramer,    Plate   CXX,     ?     (The 
Giant  Swallow-tail). 

One  of  the  largest  and  most  showy  species  of  the  genus  found 
in  our  territory.  The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  Ptelea,  Xan- 
thoxylon,  and  Citrus.  It  has  a  wide  range  from  southern  On- 
tario to  Florida  and  through  the  Mississippi  Valley  to  Mexico. 
Expanse  3.75-5.50  inches. 
192 


(8)  Papilio  troilus  Linnaeus,  Plate  CXXI,  rf1   (The  Spice- 
bush  Swallow-tail). 

The  caterpillar,  which  is  green,  with  two  big  eye-spots  on  the 
back  a  little  behind  the  head,  lives  on  the  foliage  of  the  sassa- 
fras and  spice-wood,  where  it  folds  together  a  leaf,  in  which  it 
conceals  itself  from  view  during  the  daytime,  coming  out  to 
feed  at  night.  The  insect  is  found  throughout  the  eastern 
United  States  and  the  Mississippi  Valley,  wherever  its  food- 
plant  occurs.  Expanse  3.75-4.25  inches. 

(9)  Papilio   palamedes   Drury,    Plate   CXXII,    c?    (The 
Magnolia  Swallow-tail).     (See  next  page.) 

The  upper  side  of  this  fine  insect  is  well  shown  on  our  plate; 
the  under  side  is  prevalently  yellow.  The  larva  feeds  on  the 
foliage  of  Magnolia  glauca  and  the  Lauracece.  Expanse  3.50- 
4.50  inches. 

Ranges  from  southern  Virginia  near  the  coast  to  the  extreme 
southern  end  of  Florida  and  westward  to  southern  Missouri 
and  eastern  Texas. 

(10)  Papilio  polyxenes  Fabricius,  Plate  CXXIII,  cf  (The 
Eastern  Swallow-tail).     (See  next  page.) 

193 


PL.  CXXI 


PL.   CXXII 


PL.    CXXIH 


PL.   CXXIV 


194 


This  butterfly  and  the  three  which  follow  belong  to  a  group 
of  the  genus  which  in  England  is  represented  by  P.  machaon 
of  the  fens  of  Cambridgeshire  and  Norfolk.  There  are  many 
species  evidently  derived  in  past  time  from  common  stock, 
which  are  found  in  America,  and  the  writer  believes  that 
the  original  centre  of  dispersion  was  this  continent,  and  that  the 
English  SwallowT-tail  represents  the  most  western  range  of  the 
migration,  which  probably  began  in  Tertiary  times,  wrhen 
the  horse,  the  camel,  and  other  North  American  animals  passed 
over  into  Asia  and  became  subsequently  extinct  in  the  land 
of  their  origin.  P.  machaon  still  exists  in  Alaska  as  the  variety 
P.  aliaska  Scudder. 

P.  polyxenes,  more  commonly  known  by  its  later  name  P. 
asterius,  or  P.  asterias,  is  found  all  over  the  Atlantic  States 
and  the  Mississippi  Valley.  The  caterpillar  feeds  upon 
umbelliferous  plants,  and  is  very  partial  to  fennel.  Expanse 
2.75-3.25  inches. 

(11)  Papilio  brevicauda  Saunders,  Plate  CXXIV,  ?  (The 
Newfoundland  Swallow-tail). 

There  are  two  forms,  one  found  on  Anticosti,  in  which  the 
spots  on  the  upper  side  of  the  wings  are  bright  yellow,  the 

195 


PL.  cxxv 


PL.   CXXVI 


other  in  which  they  are  more  or  less  red  in  color.  The  latter 
form  is  common  in  Newfoundland,  and  is  shown  in  the  Plate. 
Closely  related  to  P.  polyxenes,  but  with  shorter  tails.  Ex- 
panse 2.75-3.00  inches. 

(12)  Papilio  indra  Reakirt,  Plate  CXXV,  cT  (The  Moun- 
tain Swallow-tail). 

The  resemblance  to  P.  polyxenes  is  marked,  but  it  will  be 
observed  that  the  tails  have  undergone  even  greater  reduction 
in  length  than  in  P.  brevicauda,  and  that  the  band  of  yellow 
spots  traversing  the  wings  has  been  reduced  in  width.  Ex- 
panse 2.50-2.75  inches. 

Found  on  the  high  mountains  of  Colorado,  Nevada,  and 
California. 

(13)  Papilio  zelicaon  Boisduval,  Plate   CXXVI,   cf  (The 
Western  Swallow-tail). 

Jn  many  respects  like  P.  polyxenes,  but  having  the  median 
bands  of  yellow  greatly  widened,  until  on  the  hind  wing  the 
band  covers  almost  the  entire  basal  half  of  the  wing.  Ex- 
panse 2.75-3.25  inches. 

Ranges  from  Vancouver  Island  to  Arizona  and  eastward  as 
far  as  Colorado. 
196 


(Note.  The  name  zolicaon,  often  given  by  authors,  must 
be  replaced  by  the  original  name  zelicaon.} 

(14)  Papilio  philenor  Linnseus,  Plate  CXXVII,  tf  (The 
Pipe-vine  Swallow-tail). 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  the  foliage  of  Aristolochia  sipho, 
or  the  "Dutchman's  Pipe,"  a  plant  extensively  grown  about 
verandas  and  porches,  and  native  to  the  Allegheny  Mountains. 
It  also  eats  the  leaves  of  Aristolochia  serpentaria,  a  smaller 
plant  of  the  same  genus.  The  wings  have  an  expanse  of  3.75- 
4.25  inches. 

The  range  is  from  Massachusetts  to  California  and  south 
into  Mexico. 


(15)  Papilio  polydamas  Linnaeus,  Plate  CXXVIII,  J1  (The 
R-ef  Butterfly).  (See  Plate  on  p.  198.) 

This  is  the  sole  representant  in  our  fauna  of  a  great  group  of 
splendid  butterflies  peculiar  to  the  tropics  of  the  New  World, 
which  are  true  papilionids,  but  without  tails,  their  wings 
generally  of  some  shade  of  green,  and  wonderfully  adorned 
with  spots  of  other  colors,  generally  yellow  or  crimson.  It  may 

197 


PL.    CXXVIl 


PL.    CXXVIU 

— *— - easily   be   recognized   from   our   figure.     Expanse   3.00-.- 

inches. 

It  is  found  in  the  extreme  southern  part  of  Florida  and  on 

the  adjoining  reefs.     It  also  has  a  wide  range  through  the 

Antilles,  Mexico,  and  Central  America. 


FAMILY  HESPERIID.E  (THE  SKIPPERS) 

Generally  quite  small  butterflies,  with  stout  thorax.  Both 
sexes  have  six  feet  adapted  to  walking.  Tibiae  of  hind  legs, 
with  few  exceptions,  have  spurs.  Lower  radial  of  hind  wing 
in  many  genera  wanting,  being  represented  by  a  fold  in  the 
wing.  Eggs  hemispherical,  flat  on  base.  Larvce  cylindrical 
tapering  from  the  middle  before  and  behind,  with  large  globular 
heads,  smooth.  Chrysalids  generally  formed  on  the  ground  or 
among  leaves  and  rubbish  lightly  tacked  together  with  a  few 
strands  of  silk,  in  which  the  cremaster  is  caught. 

A  large  family,  most  numerously  represented  in  the  tropics 
of  both  the  Old  and  New  Worlds.  About  three  thousand 
species  are  known,  of  which  over  one  hundred  occur  within  our 
limits. 

198 


SUBFAMILY  PYRRHOPYGIN.E 
(THE  RED-TAILED  SKIPPERS). 

Rather  large  butterflies  when  compared  with  others  in  the 
family.  The  antennae  terminate  in  a  long,  thick,  blunt  club, 
forming  a  regular  curve,  looking  in  outline  like  the  handle  of 
an  old-fashioned  walking-stick.  Most  of  the  species  are  red 
at  the  end  of  the  abdomen.  Confined  to  the  New  World. 
Only  one  genus  and  species  of  this  family  occurs  within  our 
borders. 

GENUS  PYRRHOPYGE  HUBNER 

(1)  Pyrrhopyge  araxes  Hewitson,  Plate  CXXIX,  Fig.  1,  6\ 
Upper  side  correctly  shown  in  our  figure.     Below  the  wings 
are  prevalently  yellow.     Expanse  2.25-2.50  inches. 
Found  in  Texas,  Arizona,  and  southward. 

SUBFAMILY  HESPERIIN^  (THE  HESPERIDS) 

Fore  wing  generally  provided  with  a  costal  fold,  but  never 
marked  with  a  sexual  brand  or  raised  patch  of  scales  on  the 
disk.  The  hind  wing  may  be  provided  with  a  lengthy  tail 
or  simply  lobed  at  the  anal  angle.  Antennae  terminating  in  a 

199 


PL.  CXXIX 


PL.  CXXX 


fine  point,  which  in  some  genera  is  bent  backward  at  right 
angles  to  the  shaft. 

GENUS  EUDAMUS  SWAINSON 
(THE  LONG-TAILED  SKIPPERS). 

Hind  wings  more  or  less  produced  at  the  anal  angle  in  the 
form  of  a  long  tail.  There  are  a  number  of  species  found  in 
Central  and  South  America. 

(1)  Eudamus  proteus  (Linmeus),  Plate  CXXIX,  Fig.  2,  $ 
(The  Long-tailed  Skipper).  (See  p.  199.) 

The  caterpillar  feeds  upon  Wistaria  and  various  leguminous 
plants.  Common  in  Florida,  the  American  tropics,  and  oc- 
casionally found  as  far  north  as  New  York. 

GENUS  EPARGYREUS  HUBNER 

(1)  Epargyreus  tityrus  (Fabricius),  Plate  CXXX,  Fig,  l,cT; 
Fig.  2,  y  ,  under  side  (The  Silver-spotted  Skipper). 

A  very  common  and  beautiful  insect.  Expanse  1.75-2.00 
inches. 

The  caterpillar  usually  feeds  upon  Robinia  and  Wistaria. 
200 


Has  a  wide  range  from  Quebec  to  Vancouver  Island  and  south 
to  the  Isthmus  of  Panama. 

GENUS  THORYBES  SCUDDEB 
(THE  DUSKY- WINGS). 

(1)  Thorybes  pylades  Scudder,  Plate  CXXXI,  Fig.  1,   9 
(The  Northern  Dusky- wing). 

Below  wings  dark  brown  shading  into  gray  outwardly;  hind 
wings  crossed  by  irregular  brown  bands;  spots  of  upper  side 
reappearing  below.  Expanse  1.60  inch. 

Common  in  New  England,  thence  westward  and  southward. 

(2)  Thorybes  bathyllus  (Smith  &  Abbot),  Plate  CXXXI, 
Fig.  2  (The  Southern  Dusky -wing). 

Distinguished  from  preceding  species  by  the  larger  spots  on 
fore  wing. 

Ranges  from  Connecticut  to  Texas. 

GENUS  ACHALARUS  SCUDDER 

(1)  Achalarus  lycidas  (Smith  &  Abbot),  Plate  CXXXII, 
Fig.  1,$  (The  Hoary-edge). 

201 


PL.   CXXXI 


PL.  CXXXII 


Upper  side  strongly  recalls  E.  tityrus  but  the  hoary  edge  of 
the  hind  wings  and  the  absence  of  the  silvery  spots  found  in 
tityrus  at  once  separate  the  two.  Expanse  1.65-1.95  inch. 

Rare  in  southern  New  England,  common  in  Southern  States 
as  far  west  as  Texas. 

(2)  Achalarus  cellus  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  CXXXII, 
Fig.  2,  of1  (The  Golden-banded  Skipper). 

On  upper  side  as  shown  in  our  figure;  on  under  side  hind 
wings  banded  as  in  E.  proteus,  no  silver  spots.  Expanse  2.00 
inches. 

Found  in  the  Virginias  and  southward  to  Arizona  and 
Mexico. 

GENUS  HESPERIA  FABRICIUS 

(1)  Hesperia  tessellata  Scudder,  Plate  CXXXIII,  Fig.  1,  J' 
(The  Tessellated  Skipper). 

Paler  on  under  side  than  on  upper  side,  with  spots  enlarged. 
Expanse  1.00-1.35  inch. 

Ranges  from  Canada  to  the  Gulf  and  from  the  Atlantic  to 
the  Pacific. 

202 


(2)  Hesperia  centaurece  Rambur,  Plate  CXXXIII,  Fig.  2, 
c?  (The  Grizzled  Skipper). 

Below  darker  than  preceding  species,  white  circle  at  end  of 
cell  surrounding  black  spot,  thus  forming  an  eye-like  spot; 
hind  wings  below  brown  scaled  with  green,  crossed  by  three 
bands  of  quadrate  spots.  Expanse  1.15  inch. 

Found  in  northern  Europe  and  Asia  and  from  Alaska  to 
Labrador;  extending  south  on  the  high  mountains  both  in  the 
West  and  in  the  Carolinas. 

(3)  Hesperia  xanthus  Edwards,  Plate  CXXXIII,  Fig.  3,  cf 
(The  Checkering). 

Resembling  H,  tessellata,  but  much  smaller  and  darker  at 
base  of  wings,  spots  more  crowded.     Expanse  1.00  inch. 
Found  in  Colorado  and  Rocky  Mountains  to  west  and  south. 

GENUS  PHOLISORA  SCUDDER 
(THE  SOOTY-WING). 

(1)  Pholisora  catullus  (Fabricius),  Plate  CXXXIV,  Fig.  1, 
9  (The  Common  Sooty- wing). 

Easily  recognizable  by  means  of  our  figure.  Expanse  0.80- 
1.15  inch. 

203 


PL.    CXXXIII 


PL    CXXXIV 

HHBHBI  The  caterpillar  feeds  on  " Jamb's-quarter "  (ChenopodiunC, 

Ranges  over  all  temperate  North  America. 

(2)  Pholisora  hayhursti  (Edwards),  Plate  CXXXIV,  Fig. 
2,  9  (Hayhurst's  Sooty- wing) . 

Easily  distinguished  from  preceding  by  white  color  of  under 
side  of  abdomen  as  well  as  by  the  different  arrangement  of 
spots  on  fore  wing.  Expanse  0.90-1.15  inch. 

Ranges  from  Pennsylvania  to  the  Gulf  as  far  as  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

(3)  Pholisora  lybia  Scadder,  Plate  CXXXIV,  Fig.  3,  tf 
(The  Mohave  Sooty-wing). 

Distinguished  from  the  two  preceding  by  the  white  fringes 
of  the  wings  and  by  the  markings  of  the  upper  side.  Expanse 
0.80-1.40  inch. 

Found  from  western  Texas  to  Nevada  and  Arizona. 

(4)  Pholisora  alpheus  (Edwards),  Plate  CXXXIV,  Fig.  4,d" 
(New  Mexican  Sooty- wing). 

More  checkered  on  the  upper  side  than  the  other  species,  tip 
of  fore  wing  white.     Expanse  0.95-1 .00  inch. 
Ranges  from  New  Mexico  to  Arizona. 
204 


GENUS  THANAOS  BOISDUVAL 
(THE  DUSKY-WINGS). 

{I)  Thanaos  brizo  Boisduval  &  Leconte,  Plate  CXXXV, 
Tig.  1,  9  (The  Sleepy  Dusky-wing) . 

The  two  rows  of  light  yellow  spots  on  the  outer  margin  of 
the  hind  wings  appear  more  distinctly  on  the  under  side. 
Expanse  1.25-1.60  inch- 

Larva  feeds  on  oaks  and  other  plants.  Ranges  from  the 
Atlantic  to  the  Pacific,  from  New  England  to  Florida  and  Ari- 


(2)  Thanaos  icelus  Lintner,  Plate  CXXXV,  Fig.  2,  d1  (The 
Dreamy  Dusky- wing). 

Under  side  paler  than  upper,  marked  with  many  small,  in- 
distinct yellow  spots,  not  forming  well-defined  bands  as  in 
preceding  species.  Expanse  1.00-1.20  inch. 

Caterpillar  feeds  on  aspen,  oaks,  and  witch-hazel.  Ranges 
:from  Nova  Scotia  to  Oregon,  south  to  Florida  and  Arizona. 

(3)  Thanaos  lucilius  Lintner,  Plate  CXXXV,  Fig.  3,   d" 
((Lucilius'  Dusky- wing). 

Closely  related  to  preceding,  but  distinguished  by  more 

205 


PL.  CXXXV 


PL.   CXXXVI 


regularly  checkered  fringes  of  the  fore  wing  and  the  different 
arrangement  of  the  spots  on  the  under  side.  Expanse  1.20- 
1.40  inch. 

Larva  feeds  on  columbine  (Aquilegia).  Ranges  from  New 
England  to  Georgia,  and  westward  through  the  valley  of  "the 
Mississippi. 

(4)  Thanaos  juvenalis  (Fabricius),  Plate  CXXXVI,  Fig.  1,  $ 
(Juvenal's  Dusky-wing). 

A  large  species  with  translucent  spots  arranged  as  an  in- 
terrupted band  beyond  middle  of  wing.  Expanse  1.35-1.60- 
inch. 

Ranges  from  Quebec  to  Florida  and  westward  to  Arizona. 

(5)  Thanaos  petronius  Lintner,  Plate  CXXXVI,  Fig.  2,  <? 
(Petronius'  Dusky- wing). 

Somewhat  resembling  the  preceding,  but  translucent  spots 
much  fewer  in  number  and  upper  side  much  darker.  Under 
side  uniformly  dusky  with  few  light  spots.  Expanse  1.50-1.75 
inch. 

Confined  to  Florida  so  far  as  known. 
206 


(6)  Thanaos  martialis  Scudder,  Plate  CXXXVII,  Fig.  1,  rf1 
(Martial's  Dusky- wing). 

Upper  side  paler  than  in  most  species,  with  a  purplish  gray 
cast,  all  light  spots  of  upper  side  repeated  more  distinctly  on 
underside.  Expanse  1.25-1.40  inch. 

Ranges  from  Massachusetts  to  Georgia,  westward  to  Mis- 
souri and  New  Mexico. 


(7)  Thanaos  horatius  Scudder,  Plate  CXXXVII,  Fig.  2,  tf 
(Horace's  Dusky- wing). 

Smaller  than  T.  juvenalis,  which  it  resembles;  paler  above 
on  both  wings,  below  more  profusely  mottled  on  hind  wings. 
Expanse  1.65  inch. 

Ranges  from  Massachusetts  to  Texas. 


(8)   Thanaos  funeralis  Lintner,  Plate  CXXXVII,  Fig.  3,  <? 
(The  Funereal  Dusky- wing). 

Hind  wings  very  dark,  partly  fringed  with  pure  white. 
Expanse  1.35  inch. 

Found  from  western  Texas  to  Mexico. 

207 


PL.    CXXXVII 


PL.    CXXXVIII 


SUBFAMILY  PAMPHILIN^E  (THE  PAMPHILIDS) 

The  male  never  has  a  costal  fold  on  the  fore  wing,  but  in 
most  of  the  genera  has  a  discal  stigma  on  the  fore  wing,  the 
only  exceptions  to  this  in  our  fauna  being  in  the  case  of  the 
three  genera  Amblyscirtes,  Pamphila,  and  Oarisma.  The 
antennse  are  short,  in  some  genera  very  short,  clubbed  at  the 
end  and  provided  in  many  genera  with  a  little  finely  pointed 
tip  at  the  end  of  the  club,  which  sometimes  is  bent  backward. 
The  third  joint  of  the  palpi  is  generally  small,  inconspicuous, 
and  often  pointing  forward.  The  lower  radial  in  the  fore  wing 
always  is  nearer  to  the  median  than  to  the  upper  radial;  the 
lower  radial  in  the  hind  wing  is  generally  lacking.  When  at 
rest  they  raise  the  fore  wings,  folding  them  together,  while  the 
hind  wings  are  held  horizontally.  This  attitude  is  character- 
istic of  this  subfamily. 

GENUS  AMBLYSCIRTES  SCUDDEB 

(1)  Amblyscirtes  vialis  (Edwards),  Plate  CXXXVIII,  Fig. 
1,  rf1  (The  Roadside  Skipper). 

Wings  below  much  as  on  upper  side,  except  that  outwardly 
they  are  lightly  laved  with  gray.     Expanse  1,00  inch. 
208 


Ranges  from  Canada  to  Florida,  and  from  the  Atlantic  to  the  Pacific. 

(2)  Amblyscirtes  samoset  (Scudder),  Plate  CXXXVIII,  Fig.  2,  rf1  (The  Pepper-and-Salt 
Skipper).     (See  Plate  on  p.  208.) 

Below  wings  pale  gray,  the  light  spots  of  upper  side  reappearing.  Hind  wing  marked 
by  semicircular  median  band  of  white  spots,  a  small  spot  at  end  of  cell,  and  conspicuous  white 
spot  about  middle  of  costa.  Expanse  1.00-1.10  inch. 

Ranges  from  Maine  to  Michigan  and  south  on  the  Allegheny  Mountains  to  West  Virginia. 

(3)  Amblyscirtes  textor  (Hubner),  Plate  CXXXVIII,  Fig.  3,  cf ,  under  side  (The  Woven- 
winged  Skipper).     (See  Plate  on  p.  208.) 

Easily  recognized  by  means  of  our  figure.     Expanse  1.25-1.45  inch. 
Ranges  from  North  Carolina  to  Florida  and  westward  to  Texas. 

GENUS  PAMPHILA  FABRICIUS 

(1)  Pamphila  mandan  Edwards,  Plate  CXXXVIII,  Fig.  4,  rf1  (The  Arctic  Skipper). 
Recognizable  from  our  figure.     It  is  totally  unlike  any  other  species  in  the  fauna.      Ex- 
panse 1.10  inch. 

Found  from  Labrador  to  Alaska,  and  on  the  mountains  of  Idaho  and  Montana. 

GENUS  OARISMA  SCUDDER 

(1)  Oarisma  garita  (Reakirt),  Plate  CXXXIX,  Fig.  1,  tf  (The  Little  Dun).  (See  Plate 
on  p.  210.) 


PL.   CXXXIX 


On  the  under  side  both  wings  are  somewhat  brighter  than 
on  the  upper  side,  the  hind  wings  inclining  to  leaden  gray,  with 
the  inner  margin  bright  fulvous.  Expanse  0.75-1.00  inch. 

Ranges  from  southern  Colorado  to  Arizona. 

(2)  Oarisma  powesheik  (Parker),  Plate  CXXXIX,  Fig.  3,  cf 
(The  Iowa  Dun). 

Larger  than  the  preceding  species  and  dark  on  upper  side; 
on  under  side  fore  wings  black,  edged  on  costa  with  light  ful- 
vous. Hind  wings  dusky  below,  veins  and  nervules  white, 
conspicuous  on  darker  ground.  Expanse  1.00-1.25  inch. 

Ranges  from  Wisconsin  to  Dakota  and  Colorado,  common  in 
Iowa. 

GENUS  ANCYLOXYPHA  FELDER 

(1)  Ancyloxypha  numitor  Fabricius,  Plate  CXXXIX,  Fig.  2, 
cf  (The  Least  Skipper). 

Below  fore  wings  black,  bordered  on  costa  and  outer  margin 
with  reddish  fulvous ;  hind  wings  pale  fulvous.  Expanse  0.75- 
0.95  inch. 

Ranges  from  Quebec  to  Florida  and  westward  to  the  Rocky 
Mountains. 

2JO 


(Th< 


GENUS  COPCEODES  SPEYER 

Copandes  procris  (Edwards),  Plate  CXXXIX,  Fig.  4,  d" 
e  Golden  .Skipper). 
Below  wings  as  on  upper  side,  a  trifle  paler  than  on  the  up- 
per side.     The  fore  wings  blackish  on  inner  margin  near  base. 
Expanse  0.80-1.00  inch. 

Ranges  from  southern  Texas  to  southern  California. 
(2)  Copcsodes  wrighti  (Edwards),  Plate  CXXXIX,  Fig.  5,  <? 
(Wright's  Skipper). 

Distinguished  from  C.  procris  by  dark  fringes  on  both  wings 
.-and  different  arrangement  of  stigma  on  fore  wings.  Expanse 
0.85-1.07  inch. 

Found  in  southern  California  and  eastward  as  far  as  eastern 
Arizona. 

GENUS  ERYNNIS  SCHRANK 

(1)  Erynnis  manitoba  (Scudder),  Plate  CXL,  Fig.  l,cf  (The 
Canadian  Skipper). 

On  the  lower  side  all  the  light  spots  of  the  upper  side  reap- 
pear, but  more  distinctly  defined  and  pearly  white  in  color. 

Ranges  north  of  the  boundary  between  the  United  States 
and  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  descending  into  the  United  States 

211 


PL.   CXL 


as  far  south  as  Colorado  and  northern  California  upon  the  highr 
mountain  ranges. 

(2)  Erynnis  sassacus  (Harris),  Plate  CXL,  Fig.  2,  c?  (The- 
Indian  Skipper).     (See  p.  211.) 

Below  wings  pale  fulvous,  spots  of  upper  side  feebly  repro- 
duced as  faint  lighter  spots;  fore  wings  black  at  base  on  this; 
side.  Expanse  1.10-1.35  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Georgia,  west  to  Colorado. 

(3)  Erynnis  attains  (Edwards),  Plate  CXL,  Fig.  3,  rf  (The 
Wisconsin  Skipper).     (See  p.  211.) 

Below  both  wings  are  dusky,  with  the  light  spots  appearing; 
in  faint  gray.  The  female  is  darker.  Expanse  1 .25-1 .45  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Wisconsin  and  Iowa,  thence 
to  the  region  of  the  Gulf. 

(4)  Erynnis  metea  (Scudder),  Plate  CXL,  Fig.  4,  d"  (Tfoe 
Cobweb  Skipper).     (See  p.  211.) 

Below  wings  are  brown,  much  darker  than  above,  the  pale 
marks  of  upper  side  repeated  as  pearly  white  spots,  and  on 
hind  wings  near  base  is  a  curved  band  of  similar  white  spots* 
Expanse  1.20-1.30  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Wisconsin. 
212 


(5)  Erynnis  uncas  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLVIII,  Fig.  4,  cf  (Uncas'  Skipper).    (See  p.  220.) 
Below  in  both  sexes  wings  beautifully  marked  with  pearly  white  spots  on  greenish  gray 

ground,  the  spots  defined  inwardly  and  outwardly  by  dark  olive  shades.     Expanse  1.30-1.55 
inch. 

Ranges  from  Pennsylvania  to  Montana. 

(6)  Erynnis  leonardus  (Harris),  Plate  CXLI,  Fig.  1,  cf;  Fig.  2,  9  (Leonard's  Skipper). 
Larger  than  most  of  the  preceding  species.     Below  wings  dark  brick-red.     Spots  of 

upper  side  reappearing  more  or  less  faintly.     Expanse  1.25-1.35  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  and  Ontario  to  Florida,  west  throughout  the  Mississippi 
Valley. 

GENUS  THYMELICUS  HUBNEB 

(1)  Thymelicus  brettus  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  CXLI,  Fig.  3,  d";  Fig.  4,  9  (The 
Whirlabout). 

This  insect,  which  is  rare  in  the  Northern  States,  is  common  in  the  South  and  has  a  wide 
range  through  the  American  tropics.  Expanse  1.15-1.25  inch. 

(2)  Thymelicus  otho  (Smith  &  Abbot),  Plate  CXLII,  Fig.  1,  cT;  Fig.  2,  9  . 

The  upper  side  is  sufficiently  well  shown  in  our  plate.  Below  the  wings  are  yellowish 
brown  with  outer  half  of  the  fore  wings  blackish;  spots  of  fore  wing  repeated  except  last. 
Hind  wings  below  with  an  obscure  yellowish  band  of  five  or  six  spots.  A  variable  species.  The 
northern  form,  with  fewer  spots,  is  called  egeremet,  and  is  not  very  common  in  New  England, 

213 


PL.    CXLII 


but  southward  the  species  is  abundant.     Expanse  1.20-1.25 
inch. 

Found  in  New  England,  Florida,  and  west  throughout  the 
Mississippi  Valley. 

(3)  Thymelicus  mystic  (Scudder),  Plate  CXLII,  Fig.  3,  cf; 
Fig.  4,  9  (The  Long-dash). 

Upper  side  of  both  sexes  well  shown  in  our  plate.  Below 
fore  wings  fulvous  on  costa  near  base;  remainder  of  wings  on 
this  side  dark  ferruginous,  with  the  light  spots  of  the  upper  side 
repeated,  greatly  enlarged,  pale,  contrasting  strongly  with  dark 
ground-color.  Hind  wings  pale  brown  on  inner  margin.  Ex- 
panse 1.10-1.25  inch. 

Ranges  from  southern  Canada  to  Pennsylvania  and  west  to 
Wisconsin. 

GENUS  ATALOPEDES  SCUDDER 

(1)  Atalopedes  huron  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLII,  Fig.  5,  cf ; 
Fig.  6,  9  (The  Sachem). 

Easily  distinguished  from  the  figures  we  give.     Expanse 
1.15-1.35  inch. 
214 


Ranges  from  New  York  to  Florida,  westward  and  south-        r 
westward  into  Mexico. 


GENUS  POLITES  SCUDDEB 

(1)  Polites  peckius  (Kirby),  Plate  CXLIII,  Fig.  1,  d* ;  Fig.  2, 
9  (Peck's  Skipper). 

This  small  species  is  dark  brown  below,  with  the  light  spots 
of  the  upper  side  reappearing,  greatly  enlarged,  especially  in 
the  middle  of  the  wings,  fused  together  and  pale  yellow,  thus 
cont  rasting  strongly  with  the  rest  of  the  wings .  Expanse  1.00- 
1.25  inch. 

Peck's  Skipper  ranges  from  Canada  to  Virginia  west  to 
Kansas  and  Iowa. 


GENUS  HYLEPHILA  BILLBERG 

(1)  Hylephilahy  ploeus  (Drury),  Plate  CXLIII,  Fig.  3,  cf; 
Fig.  4,  9  (The  Fiery  Skipper). 

Easily  recognized  from  our  figures.     Expanse  1.15-1.25  inch. 
Ranges  from  Connecticut  to  Patagonia  everywhere. 

215 


PL.    CXLIII 


PL.   CXLIV 


GENUS  PRENES  SCUDDEB. 

(1)  Prenes  ocola  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLIII,  Fig.  5,  d1  (The 
Ocola  Skipper).  (See  p.  215.) ^ 

This  common  southern  species,  which  sometimes  ranges  as 
far  north  as  the  latitude  of  Pennsylvania,  ranges  south  as  far 
as  Bolivia  in  South  America.  Expanse  1.45-1.60  inch. 

The  figure  is  that  of  the  type. 

GENUS  CALPODES  HUBNEB 

(1)  Calpodes  ethlius  (Cramer),  Plate  CXLIV,  d*  (The 
Brazilian  Skipper). 

Easily  recognized  from  our  plate.  Wings  below  dull  olive. 
Expanse  2.00-2.15  inches. 

The  larva  feeds  on  Canna.  Common  everywhere  in  tropical 
America  and  has  been  known  to  stray  as  far  north  as  New 
York. 

GENUS  LERODEA  SCUDDEB 

(1)  Lerodea  eufala  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLIX,  Fig.  3,  cf  (The 
Eufala  Skipper).     (See  p.  221.) 
216 


On  the  wing  looks  like  a  small  specimen  of  Prenes  ocola,  from 
which  it  may  be  distinguished  at  once  by  the  white  under  side 
of  the  abdomen.  Expanse  1.10-1.20  inch. 

Not  uncommon  in  Florida. 

GENUS  LIMOCHORES  SCUDDER 

(1)  Limochores  thaumas  (Fabricius),  Plate  CXLV,  Fig.  1, 
cf;  Fig.  2,  9  (The  Fawn-edged  Skipper). 

Easily  distinguished  by  means  of  our  figures.  Below  in 
both  sexes  wings  dull  olive,  with  spots  of  upper  side  repeated; 
costa  of  male  edged  with  red  on  this  side  as  well  as  above. 
Expanse  1.00-2.07  inches. 

Ranges  from  Canada  to  the  Gulf,  west  to  the  Rocky  Moun- 
tains. 

(2)  Limochores  pontiac  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLV,  Fig.  3,  cf ; 
Fig.  4,  9  (Pontiac's  Skipper). 

Well  represented  in  our  figures  of  both  sexes .  Expanse  1.15- 
1.25  inch. 

Ranges  from  Massachusetts  to  Nebraska,  being  very  com- 
mon about  the  southern  end  of  Lake  Michigan. 

217 


PL.   CXLV 


75       V 


PL.   CXLVI 


(3)  Limochores  palatka  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLV,  Fig.  5,  rf 
(The  Palatka  Skipper).  (See  p.  217.) 

A  large  and  rather  showy  species,  the  female  expanding  as 
much  as  two  inches.  Expanse,  d",  1.50  inch;  9,  1.90-2.00 
inches. 

Found  on  Indian  River,  Florida. 

GENUS  EUPHYES  SCUDDEB 

(1)  Euphyes  verna  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLVI,  Fig.  1,  cf;  Fig. 
2,  9  (The  Vernal  Skipper). 

Below  wings  paler,  inclining  to  purplish  red,  about  middle 
of  hind  wings  a  semicircle  of  pale  spots.  Expanse  1.15-1.35 
inch. 

Ranges  from  southern  New  England  to  Virginia,  west  to 
Kansas,  and  north  to  Alberta.  Very  common  in  Ohio,  In- 
diana, and  Illinois. 

(2)  Euphyes  metacomet  (Harris),  Plate  CXLVI,  Fig.  3,  d"; 
Fig.  4,  d"  (The  Dun  Skipper). 

The  markings  of  upper  side  reappear  on  lower  side,  the 
ground-color  below  ranging  from  pale  brown  to  purplish  brown. 
Expanse  1.15-1.30  inch. 
218 


Found  from  Quebec  to  the  Carolinas,  west  to  Texas  and 
Alberta  and  Assiniboia. 

GENUS  POANES  SCUDDER 

(1)  Poanes  massasoit  (Scudder),  Plate  CXLVI,  Fig.  5,  rf1 ; 
Fig.  6,  9  (The  Mulberry- wing). 

Below  hind  wings  bright  yellow,  bordered  on  costa  and  outer 
margin  with  reddish  brown;  the  wings  of  the  female  not  so 
orightly  colored  as  those  of  the  male.  Expanse  1 .15-1 .20  inch. 

Ranging  from  New  England  to  Nebraska,  but  not  extending 
south  of  Pennsylvania  in  the  east,  though  occurring  in  the 
west  in  Colorado  and  northern  Texas. 

GENUS  PHYCANASSA  SCUDDER 

(1)  Phycanassa  viator  (Edwards),  Plate  CXLVII  Fig.  1,  cf; 
Fig.  2,  9  (The  Broad- winged  Skipper). 

Below  paler  than  above,  the  light  spots  of  the  upper  side  re- 
appearing less  distinctly;  the  hind  wing  traversed  from  base  to 
middle  of  outer  margin  by  a  light-colored  longitudinal  ray 
which  is  not  as  plain  in  the  female  as  in  the  male.  Expanse 
1.45-1.60  inch. 

219 


PL.    CXLVIII 


Rare  in  the  Northern  States  from  New  Jersey  to  Wisconsin, 
but  quite  abundant  in  the  Southern  States  as  far  west  as 
Texas. 

(2)  Phycanassa  aaroni  Skinner.  Plate  CXLVII,  Fig.  3,  d" 
(Aaron's  Skipper).  (See  p.  219.) 

Below  fere  wings  black  at  base,  middle  area  tawny,  paler 
than  above,  with  the  outlines  of  the  borders  the  same,  but 
their  color  cinnamon-brown,  and  not  fuscous,  as  above;  hind 
wings  below  uniformly  cinnamons-brown,  without  any  spots. 
Female  like  the  male,  but  larger.  Expanse  1.00-1.25  inch. 

Found  in  the  salt  marshes  near  Cape  May,  New  Jersey,  but 
probably  has  a  wider  range  to  the  south. 

GENUS  ATRYTONE  SCUDDER 

(1)  Atrytone  vitellius  (Smith  &  Abbot),  Plate  CXLVII,  Fig. 
4,  cf;Fig.  5,  9  (The  Iowa  Skipper). 

Below  the  wings  are  pale  yellow,  the  inner  margin  of  the  fore 
wings  clouded  with  brown.  Expanse  1.25-1.45'inch. 

Common  in  the  Gulf  States,  ranging  north  to  Iowa  and 
Nebraska. 

220 


(2)  Atrytone  zabulon  (Boisduval  & Leconte),  Plate CXLVIIL 
Fig.  1,  d"  (The  Zabulon  Skipper). 

Very  closely  related  to  the  following  species  from  which  it 
may  be  distinguished  by  its  somewhat  smaller  size  and  the 
presence  of  the  heavier  dark  markings  at  the  apex  of  the  fore 
wings  above.  Expanse  1.25-1.50  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Georgia  and  westward  to  the 
Rocky  Mountains. 

(3)  Atrytone  hobomok  (Harris),  Plate  CXLVIII,  Fig.  2,  d"; 
variety  pocohontas  Scudder,  Plate  CXLVIII,  Fig.  3,  9  (The 
Hobomok  Skipper). 

In  the  male  the  small  apical  spots  are  not  enclosed  by  a 
band  of  dark  color  as  in  the  preceding  species,  and  the  pale 
area  on  the  middle  of  the  hind  wings  is  more  restricted,  the 
inner  margin  of  this  wing  being  more  widely  fuscous.  The 
variety  of  the  female  called  pocohontas  by  Dr.  Scudder  is 
melanic,  and  is,  as  shown  in  our  figure,  very  dark  with  con- 
spicuous light  spots  in  the  fore  wing.  Expanse  1 .25-1 .50  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  southward  and  westward  over 
the  greater  part  of  the  Atlantic  region  and  the  valley  of  the 
Mississippi. 

221 


GENUS  LEREMA  SCODDER 

(1)  Lerema  accius  (Smith  &  Abbot),  Plate  CXLIX,  Fig.  1,  <f  (The  Grimy  Skipper). 
The  wings  on  the  under  side  are  dark  fuscous  clouded  with  still  deeper  brown  or  black 

Expanse  1.40-1.50  inch. 

Occurs  from  Connecticut  to  Central  America,  being  quite  rare  in  the  north  but  very 
common  in  the  hot  lands  of  the  south. 

(2)  Lerema  hianna  (Scudder),  Plate  CXLIX,  Fig.  2,  d*  (The  Dusted  Skipper). 

The  upper  side  is  well  represented  in  our  figure.  On  the  under  side  the  wings  are  a  little 
paler,  especially  the  hind  wings,  which  on  their  outer  half  are  dusted  with  gray,  in  certain 
lights  having  a  bluish  cast.  Expanse  1.15-1,25  inch. 

Ranges  from  New  England  to  Nebraska  and  southward,  but.  so  far  as  the  writer  know? 
not  reaching  the  Gulf  States. 

SUBFAMILY  MEGATHYMIN/E  (THE  GIANT  SKIPPERS) 

These  curious  insects  have  been  by  some  writers  placed  among  the  Castniidce,  a  family 
of  day-flying  moths,  but  as  the  author  stated  in  1898  in  "The  Butterfly  Book,"  they  appear 
to  have  much  more  in  common  with  the  Hesperiidse  than  the  Castniidse.  The  proposition 
to  include  them  in  the  Hesperiidse  as  a  subfamily  under  the  name  given  above  has  since 
that  time  been  generally  accepted  by  systematists.  There  are  a  number  of  species  belonging 
to  the  genus  Megathymus,  several  of  which  occur  within  our  faunal  limits,  but  we  shall  con- 

222 


tent  ourselves  with  figuring  only  the  one,  which  those  readers 
of  this  book  who  live  in  Missouri  and  south  and  west  of  that 
state  are  likely  to  see. 

GENUS  MEGATHYMUS  RILET 

(1)  Megathymv*  yuccce  (Boisduval  &  Leconte),  Plate  CL,  9 
(The  Yucca  Skipper). 

The  caterpillar  of  this  species  is  a  wood-borer,  feeding  in  the 
pith  and  on  the  underground  roots  of  different  species  of  Yucca. 
The  life  history  has  been  beautifully  worked  out  by  the  late 
Prof.  C.  V.  Riley,  who  published  a  full  account  of  his  ob- 
servations in  his  "Eighth  Annual  Report  of  the  State  Ento- 
mologist of  Missouri,"  pp.  169  el  seq.,  and  in  the  "Transactions 
of  the  St.  Louis  Academy  of  Science, "  Vol.  Ill,  pp.  323  et  seq. 
The  student  will  do  well  to  refer  to  these  interesting  papers. 
The  figure  we  give  on  the  plate  is  that  of  a  female  specimen 
bred  by  Professor  Riley  in  Missouri  and  presented  by  him  to 
the  late  W.  H.  Edwards,  whose  collection  is  now  the  property 
of  the  writer. 


223 


INDEX   OF  ENGLISH  OR  TRIVIAL   NAMES,   AND  COMMON  TERMS 


Aaron's  Skipper,  220 

Abdomen  of  butterfly,  22 

Acadian  Hair-streak,  The,  153 

Admiral,  Lorquin's,  113;  Red,  99,100;  White,  110 

Alpines,  The;  Common,  133;  Red-streaked,  133 

American  Copper,  The,  161 

Angle-wings,  The,  92;  Currant,  96 

Antennae,  13 

Aphrodite,  75 

Araxes  Skipper,  The,  199 

Arctics,  The,  140;  Katahdin,  141;  Macoun's  142 

Arctic  Skipper,  The,  209 

Arizona  Blackamoor,  The,  134;  Checker-spot,  85 

Bag-veins,  The,  105;  Texas,  106 

Baltimore,  The,  83 

Banded  Elfin,  The,  156 

Banded  Hair-streak,  The,  153 

Banded  Purple,  The,  112 

Banded  Reds,  The,  117 

Bates'  Crescent-spot,  88 

Beauty,  Karwinsky's,  118 

Behr's  Hair-streak,  158 

Blackamoors,  The,  133;  Arizona,  134 

Blues,  The,  58,  147,  162;  Aster,  163;  Common,  165; 
Cowper's,  163;  Dwarf,  167;  Eastern-tailed,  166; 
Indian  River,  168;  Orange-margined,  164;  Ma- 
rine, 169;  Pygmy,  167;  Red-margined,  168; 


Scudder's,  164;  Silvery,  169;  Varied,  169;  West 
ern-tailed,  166;  West  Indian,  167 

Blue-spots,  The,  147;  Florida,  148 

Boisduval's  Hair-streak,  152 

Brazilian  Skipper,  216 

Broad-winged  Skipper,  219 

Bronze  Copper,  The,   161 

Brown  Elfin,  The,  155 

Brown-margined  Hair-streak,  155 

Brown,  The  Gemmed,  128 

Brush-footed,  The,  15,  16,  58,  59 

Buckeye,  The,  103 

Buff  Emperor,  The,  117 

Butterflies,  anatomy  of,  14;  how  to  breed,  54;  cater- 
pillars of,  29;  chrysalids  of,  34;  how  to  collect 
40;  eggs  of,  27;  habits  of,  13;  life-history  of,  27 j 
how  to  mount,  47;  how  to  preserve,  56 

Butterfly,  Papaw,  187;  Reef,  197 

Cabbage  Butterfly,   The,    173 
Cadmium  Orange,  The,  185 
Calicoes,  The,   122;  White-skirted,  12? 
Californian  Sister,  The,  114 
Callippe,  79 

Camberwell  Beauty,  The,  97 
Carrinlus  Crescent-spot,  The,  88 
Canadian  Skipper,  The,  211 
Carbonate  of  ammonia,  43 


224 


Carbon  bisulphide,  46 

Carolinian  Satyr,  The,  129 

Caterpillars  of  butterflies,  29 

Chalcedon,  84 

Checkering,  The,  203 

Checker-spots,    The,    83;    Arizona,    85;    Harris's,    85; 

Least,  86;  Macglashan's,  84 
Chloroform,  45 
Chrysalids,  34 

Clouded  Wood-nymph,  The,  137 
Clytie  Hair-streak,  159 
Cobweb  Skipper,  The,  212 
Colorado  Hair-streak,  The,  150 
Colorado  Parnassian,  The,  186 
Comma  Butterfly,  The,  93 
Common,   Alpine,    133;   Blue,    165;   Hair-streak,    151 ; 

Snout-butterfly,    143;  Sulphur,    180;   White,    172; 

Wood-nymph,  136 
Compton  Tortoise,  The,  98 
Coppers,  The,  58,  147,   160;  American,   161;  Bronze, 

161;  Great,  160;  Least,  161;  Purplish,  162 
Coral  Hair-streak,  158 
Cork  for  lining  boxes,  45,  57 
Couper's  Blue,  163 
Creole,  The,  126 
Crescent-spots,    The,    86;    Bates,    88;    Camillus,    88; 

Meadow,  88;  Painted,  89;  Pearl,  87;  Poey's,  90; 

Texan,  90 

Crimson-patch,  The,  91 
•Currant  Angle-wing,  The,  96 
•Cyanide  of  potash,  42 


r-wings,  The,  107 
Wood-nymph,  The,  138 
Dash-wing,  The,  119 
Delila,  69 
Diana,  74 

Dingy  Purple-wing,  The,  105 
Dog-face  Butterflies,  The,  179;  Southern,  179 
Dreamy  Dusky-wing,  The,  205 
Dun,  Iowa,  210;  Little,  209 
Dun  Skipper,  The,  218 
Dusky-wings,     The,     201;     Dreamy,    205;    Funereal, 

207;  Horace's,  207;  Juvenal's  206;  Lucilius',  205; 

Martial's,    207;    Northern,    201;    Petronius,    206; 

Sleepy,  205;  Southern,  201 
Dusted  Skipper,  222 
Dwarf,  Yellow,  175;  Blue,  167 

Early  Hair-streak,  The,  157 

Eastern  Swallow-tail,  The,  193 

Eastern-tailed  Blue,  166 

Edwards'  Hair-streak,  152;  Marble-wing,  177 

" —  of  butterflies,  27 


Elfin,  Banded,  156;  Brown,  155;  Hoary,  156 
Emperor  Butterflies,  The,  114;  Buff,  117;  Red, 

Tawny,  116 

Envelopes  for  holding  butterflies,  45 
Eufala  Skipper,  216 
Eye,  The  pearly,  126 
Eyed  Nymphs,  The,  125 

Fairy  Yellow,  The,  184 


225 


Falcate  Orange-tip,  The,  176 

Faun,  The,  93 

Fawn-edged  Skipper,  217 

Feet  of  butterflies,  16 

Fiery  Skipper,  215 

Florida  Blue-spot,  The,  148 

Florida  White,  The,  171;  Yellow,  183 

Fritillary,  The  Great-Spangled,  75;  Gulf,  70;  Little, 
80;  Meadow,  82;  Mexican,  72;  Regal,  73;  Silver- 
bordered,  81;  White  Mountain,  81;  Variegated,  71 

Funereal  Dusky-wing,  207 

Gemmed  Brown,  The,  128 
Georgian  Satyr,  The,  128 
Giant  Skippers,  The,  222 
Giant  Swallow-tail,  The,  192 
Goat-weed  Butterfly,   The,    121;   Morrison's,   121 
Godart's  Sulphur,  178 
Golden-banded  Skipper,  The,  202 
Golden  Skipper,  The,  211 
Grass-nymph,  The,  126,  127 

Great,  Copper,  160;  Purple  Hair-streak,  149;  South- 
ern White,  172 

Green  White-spotted  Hair-streak,  158 
Grimy  Skipper,  222 
Grizzled  Skipper,  203 
Gulf  Yellow,  The,  183 


Margined,  155;  Clytie,  159;  Colorado,  150;  Coral, 
158;  Common,  151;  Early,  157;  Edwards',  152; 
Great  Purple,  149;  Green  White-spotted,  158; 
Henry's,  157;  Olive,  154;  Southern,  150;  Striped, 
154;  Texas,  151;  White-M,  149;  Wittfeld's,  151 

Harris'  Checker-spot,  85 

Harvester,  The,  34,  159 

Hayhurst's  Sooty-wing,  204 

Head  of  butterfly,  14 

Heliconians,  The,  61,  67 

Henry's  Hair-streak,  157 

Hesperids,  The,  199 

Hoary-edge,  The,  201 

Hoary  Elfin,  The,  156 

Hobomok  Skipper,  221 

Horace's  Dusky-wing,  207 

Hunter's  Butterfly,  100 

Indian  Skipper.  The,  212 
Indian  River  Blue,  168 
Iowa  Dun,  The,  210 
Iowa  Skipper,  220 
Ithomiids,  22,  61,  64 

Jars  for  poisoning  insects,  42 

Julia,  69 

Juvenal's  Dusky  wing,  206 


Hackberry  Butterfly,  The,  115  Karwinsky's  Beauty,  118 

Hair-streaks,  The,  22,  58,   147,    148;    Acadian,    153;        Katahdin  Arctic,  The,  141 
Banded,  153;  Bahr's,  158;  Boisduval,  152;  Brown       Klug's  Dircenna,  66 

.    226 


ceast,  Checker 
Wood-nym 
Legs  of  butterflies,  15 
Leonard's  Skipper,  213 
Leopard-spots,  The,  106 
Leto,  74 

Little  Dun,  The,  209 
Little  Metal-mark,  The,  145 
Little  Sulphur,  The,  183 
Little  Wood-satyr,  The,  129 
Long-dash,  The,  214 
Long-tailed  Skipper,  The,  200 
Lorquin's  Admiral,  113 
Lucilius'  Dusky-wing,  205 
Lycaste  Butterfly,  65 


t,  86;  Copper,   161;  Skipper,  210; 
139 


Macglashan's  Checker-spot,  84 

Macoun's  Arctic,  142 

Magnolia  Swallow-tail,  The,  193 

Malachites,  The,  123;  Pearly,  124 

Many-spot,  The,  146 

Marble-wings,  The,  177;  Edwards',  177;  Rosy,  177 

Marine  Blue,  169 

Martial's  Dusky-wing,  207 

Meadow,  Crescent-spot,  The,  88;  Fritillary,  82 

Mead's  Satyr,  138 

Metal-marks,  The,  16,  58,  144;  Little,  145;  Northern, 

145 

Mexican  Yellow,  The,  183 
Milbert's  Tortoise-shell,  98 
Milkweed  Rutterfly,  36 


Mimic,  The,  109 

Mohave  Sooty-wing,  The,  204 

Monarch,  The,  63 

Mormons,  The,  145;  Palmer's,  145 

Morrison's  Goat-weed  Butterfly,  121 

Mountain  Silver-spot,  The,  78;  Swallow-tail,  196 

Mourning  Cloak,  The,  97 

Mulberry-wing,  The,  219 

Mustard  White,  The,  173 

Nets,  for  taking  butterflies,  40 
Newfoundland  Swallow-tail,  The,  195 
New  Mexican  Sooty-wing,  The,  204 
Northern  Dusky-wing,  The,  201 
Northern  Metal-Mark,  The,  145 
Nova  Scotian,  The,  141 

Ochre  Ringlet,  The,  131 
Ocola  Skipper,  216 
Olive  Hair-streak,  154 
Orange-banded  Red,  The,  118 
Orange-margined  Blue,  The,  164 
Orange,  Cadmium,  185 
Orange,  Small,  182 
Orange  Sulphur,  The,  181 

Orange-tips,    The,    175;    Falcate,    176;    Lucas,    177; 
Western,  176 

Pacific  Tiger,  191 

Painted  Crescent-spot,  The,  89 

Painted  Lady,  The,  99,  102 


227 


Palatka  Skipper,  218 

Palmer's  Mormon,  145 

Pamphilids,  The,  208 

Papaw  Butterfly,  The,  187 

Parnassians,  The,  185 

Parnassian,  Colorado,  186 

Patch-spots,  The,  91 

Peacock  Butterflies,  102 

Peacock,  The  White,  104 

Pearl  Crescent,  The,  87 

Pearly  Eye,  The,  126 

Pearly  Malachite;  The,  124 

Peck's  Skipper,  215 

Pepper-and-salt  Skipper,  209 

Petronius'  Dusky-wing,  206 

Pinching  butterflies  to  disable  them,  43 

Pins,  insect,  47 

Pipe-vine  Swallow-tail,  The,  197 

Plain  Ringlet,  The,   131 

Poey's  Crescent-spot,  90 

Pontiac's  Skipper,  217 

Proboscis  of  butterflies,  14 

Purple,  The  Banded,  112 

Purple,  The  Red-spotted,  111 

Purple-wing,  The  Dingy,  105 

Purplish  Copper,  The,   162 

Pygmy  Blue,  167 

Queen,  The,  64 
Question-sign,  The,  93 


Reakirt's  Satyr,  139 

Red  Admiral,  The,  99,  100 

Red  Emperor,  The,  116 

Red-margined  Blue,  168 

Red,  The  Orange-banded,  118 

Red  Satyr,  The,  130 

Red-spotted  Purple,  The,  111 

Red-streaked  Alpine,  The,  133 

Reds,  The  Banded,  117 

Reef  Butterfly,  The,  197 

Relaxing  dried  butterflies,  52 

Rhodope,  80 

Ridings'  Satyr,  134 

Ringlets,  The,  130 

Ringlet,  The  Ochre,  131;  The  Plain,  131 

Roadside  Skipper,  The,  208 

Rosy  Marble-wing,  The,  117 

Sachem,  The,  214 

Satyrs,  The,  61,  124;  Carolinian,  129;  Georgian,  128; 

Mead's,  138;  Reakirt's,  139;  Red,  130;  Ridings', 

134;  Scudder's,  135 
Scales  on  wings  of  butterflies,  10 
Scudder's,  Blue,  164;  Satyr,  135 
Setting  blocks,  47 
Silver-spot,  The  Mountain,  78 
Sisters,  The,  114;  Californian,  114 
Skippers,  The,  22,  58,  198;  Aaron's,  220;  Araxes,  199; 

Arctic,   209;   Brazilian,   216;   Broad-winged,   219; 

Canadian,  211;  Cobweb,  212;  Dun,  218;  Dusted, 

222;  Eufala,  216;  Fawn-edged,  217;  Fiery,  215; 


228 


Giant,  222;  Golden,  211;  Golden-banded,  202; 
Grimy,  222;  Grizzled,  203;  Hoary-edge,  201; 
Hobomok,  221;  Indian,  212;  Iowa,  220;  Least, 
210;  Leonard's,  213;  Long-tailed,  200;  Ocola,  216; 
Palatka,  218;  Peck's,  215;  Pepper-and-salt,  209; 
Pontiac's,  217;  Red-tailed,  199;  Roadside,  208; 
Silver-spotted,  200;  Tessellated,  202;  Uncas',  213; 
Vernal,  218;  Wisconsin,  212;  Woven-winged, 
209;  Wright's,  211;  Yucca,  223;  Zabulon,  221 

Sleepy  Dusky-wing,  205 

Small,  Orange,  The,  182;  Wood-nymph,  137 

Snout-butterflies,  The,  61,  142,  143;  Common,  143 

Sooty-wings,  The,  203;  Catullus',  203;  Common,  203; 
Hay  hurst's,  204;  Mohave,  204;  New  Mexican, 
204 

southern,  Dog-face,  179;  Dusky -wing,  201;  Hair- 
streak,  150;  Wood-nymph,  136 

Spangled-Nymphs,  The,   127 

Spice-bush  Swallow-tail,  The,  193 

Striped   Hair-streak,   The,    154 

Sulphurs,  The,  179;  Common,  180;  Cloudless,  178; 
Godart's,  178;  Little,  183;  Great,  177;  Orange, 
181 

Swallow-tails,  The,  58,  170,  186;  Eastern,  193;  Giant, 
192;  Magnolia,  193;  Mountain,  196;  Newfound- 
land, 195;  Pipe- vine,  197;  Pacific  Tiger,  191; 
Spice-bush,  193;  Three-tailed,  192;  Tiger,  188; 
Two-tailed,  191;  Western,  196;  White-striped 
Tiger,  191 

fawny  Emperor,  The,  11§ 


Tessellated  Skipper,  The,  202 

Texan  Crescent-spot,  The,  90 

Texas,  Bag- vein,  The,  106;  Hair-streak,  151 

Thistle-butterfly,  The,  102 

Thorax  of  butterfly,  15 

Three-tailed  Swallow-tail,  192 

Tiger,  Pacific,  191 

Tiger  Swallow-tail,  The,  191 

Toper,  The,  95 

Tortoise-shells,  The,  96;  Compton,  98;  Milbert's,  98 

Tropic  Queens,   The,    108 

Two-tailed  Swallow-tail,  191 

Uncas'  Skipper,  213 

Varied  Blue,  169 
Vernal  Skipper,  218 
Viceroy,  The,  103 
Violet-wings,  The,  104 

Waiter,  The,  108 

Western,   Swallow-tail,   The,    196;   Tailed   Blue,    166; 

Orange-tip,    176 
West  Indian  Blue,  167 
Whirlabout,  The,  213 
Whites,    The,    171;    Cabbage,    173;    Common,    172; 

Florida,  171;  Great  Southern,  172;  Mustard,  173 
White  Admirals,  The,  110 
White-M  Hair-streak,  The,  149 
White  Mountain  Butterfly,  The,  141 
White  Mountain  Fritillary,  The,  81 


229 


White  Peacock,  The,  104  Woven-winged  Skipper,  209 

White-skirted  Calico,  The,  123  Wright's  Skipper,  211 

White-striped  Tiger  Swallow-tail,  191 

Wings  of  butterflies,  16  Yellows,  The,   181;  Dwarf,   175;  Fairy,   184;  Florida, 

Wisconsin  Skipper,  The,  212  183;  Gulf,  183;  Mexican,  183 

Wittfeld's  Hair-streak,  151  Yucca  Skipper,  223 

Wood-nymphs,  The,    135;    Clouded,    137;    Common, 

136;  Dark,   138;  Least,   139;  Small,  137;  South-       Zabulon  Skipper,  221 

ern,  136  Zebra,  The,  67 
Wood-satyr,  The  Little,  129 

INDEX  OF  FAMILIES,  SUBFAMILIES,  GENERA,  AND  SPECIES,  ACCORDING 

TO  THEIR  SCIENTIFIC  OR  LATIN  NAMES 

aaroni,  Phycanassa,  220  Amblyscirtes,  genus,  208;  samoset,  209;  textor,  209: 

acadica,  Thecla,  153  vialis,  10,  208 

accius,  Lerema,  222  ammon,  Lycaena,  168 

Achalarus,  genus,  201;  cellus,  202;  lycidas,  201  amymone,  Cystineura,  106 

acheronta,  Ccea,  119  amyntula,  Lycaena,  166 

acmcn,  Lycaena,  168  Anartia,  genus,  103;  jatrophae,  104 

Adelpha,  californica,  114  Ancyloxypha,  genus,  210;  numitor,  210 

Agerqnia,  feronia,  123;  fornax,  123  andria,  Pyrrhanaea,  121 

Aganisthos,  odius,  119  Anosia,  genus,  62,  63;  berenice,  64;  plexippus,  10,  20, 

ajax,  Papiliq,  187  30,  36,  63 

aliaska,  Papilio,  195  antiopa,  Vanessa,  97 

alicia,  Chlorippe,  117  aphrodite,  Argynnis,  75 

alope,  Satyrus,  137  Apodemia,  genus,  145;  palmeri,  145. 

alpheus,  Pholisora,  204  araxes,  Pyrrhopyge,  199 

230 


Argynnis,  genus,  20,  72;  aphrodite,  10,  75;  atlantis,  78; 

callippe,  79;  cybele,  75;  diana,  74;  idalia,  10,  73; 

leto,  74  rhodope,  80 
arthemis,  Basilarchia,  112 
Arthropoda,  Subkingdom,  12 
aster,  Lycaena,  163 
asterias,  Papilio,  195 
asterius,  Papilio,  195 
astyanax,  Basilarchia,  111 
atala,  Eumaeus,  148 
atalanta,  Pyrameis,  100 
Atalopedes,  genus,  214;  huron,  214 
atlantis,  Argynnis,  78 
Atrytone,  genus,  220;  hobomok,  221;  pocohontas,  221; 

vitellius,  220;  zabulon,  221 
attalus,  Erynnis,  212 
augustus,  Thecla,  155 
autolycus,  Thecla,  151 
ausonides,  Euchloe,  176 


bachmani,  Libythea,  143 

Basilarchia,  genus,   110;  arthemis,  112;  astyanax,   10, 

111;  disippus,  30,  113;  lorquini,  113;  Weidemeyeri, 

112 

batesi,  Phyciodes,  88 
bathyllus,  Thorybes,  201 
behri,  Thecla,  158 
bellona,  Brenthis,  82 
herenice,  Anosia,  64 
oorealis,  Charis,  145 


Brenthis,  genus,  80;  bellona,  82;  montinus,  81;  myrina, 

brettus,  Thymelicus,  213 
brevicauda,  Papilio,  195 
brizo,  Thanaos,  205 
bryoniae,  Pieris,  173 

caenius,  Charis,  145 

caesonia,  Meganostoma,  179 

calanus,  Thecla,  153 

californica,  Adelpha,  114 

Callicore,  genus,  106;  clymena,  1C? 

callippe,  Argynnis,  79 

Calpodes,  genus,  216;  ethlius,  216 

camillus,  Phyciodes,  88 

canthus,  Satyrodes,  127 

cardui,  Pyrameis,  102 

Catopsilia,  genus,  177;  eubule,  178 

catullus,  Pholisora,  203 

cellus,  Achalarus,  202 

celtis,  Chlorippe,  115 

centaureae,  Hesperia,  203 

Ceratinia  lycaste,  65 

chalcedon,  Melitasa,  84 

Charis,  genus,  144;  borealis,  145;  caenius,  145 

charithonius,  Heliconius,  67 

charon,  Satyrus,  138 

Chlorippe,  genus,  114;  alicia,  117;  celtis,  115;  clytonr 

116;  flora,  116 
Chrysophanus,  genus,   160;  epixanthe,   161;  helloides, 

162;  hypophlaeus,  161;  thoe,  161;  xanthoides,  16O 


231 


Claudia,  Euptpieta,  71 

clymena,  Callicore,  107 

clytie,  Thecla,  159 

clyton,  Chlorippe,  116 

Ccea,  genus,  119;  acheronta,  119 

coenia,  Junonia,  103 

Coenonympha,  genus,  130;  inornata,  131;  ochracea, 

Colaenis,  genus,  69;  delila,  69;  Julia,  69 

Colias,  genus,  179;  eury  theme,  181;  keewaydin, 

philodice,   180 
comma,  Grapta,  93 
comyntas,  Lycaena,  166 

Copceodes,  genus,  211;  procris,  211;  wrighti,  211 
coresia,  Timetes,  108 
couperi,  Lycaena,  163 
creola,  Debis,  126 
cresphontes,  Papilio,  192 
crysalus,  Thecla,  150 
cybele,  Argynnis,  75 
Cystineura,  genus,  105;  amymone,  106 

damon,  Thecla,  154 

daunus,  Papilio,  191 

Debis,  genus,  125;  creola,  126;  portlandia,  126 

delia,  Terias,  183 

delila,  Colzenis,  69 

diana,  Argynnis,  74 

Dione  vanillae,  70 

dipnysius,  Neqminois,  135 

Dircenna  klugi,  66 

discoidalis,  Erebia,  133 


discoidalis,  Thecla,  155 
disippus,  Basilarchia,  30,  113 
dumetorum,  Thecla,  158 
dymas,  Melitsea,  86 

edwardsi,  Thecla  152 

131        elathea,  Terias,  183  » 

Epargyreus,  genus,  200;  tityrus,  200 
181;        epipsodea,  Erebia,  133 

epixanthe,  Chrysophanus,  161 

Erebia,  genus,  132;  discoidalis,  133;  epipsodea,  133 

Eresia,  genus,  89;  frisia,  90;  texana,  90 

Erycinidse,  Family,  16,  58,  144 

Erynnis,  genus,  211;  attalus,  212;  leonardus,  213;  man- 

itoba,  211;  metea,  212;  sassacus,  212;  uncas,  213 
ethlius,  Calpodes,  216 
eubule,  Catopsilia,  178 
Euchloe,    genus,    175;    ausonides,    176;   genutia,    176;. 

hyantis,  177;  rosa,  177;  sara,  177 
Eudamus,  genus,  200;  proteus,  200 
eufala,  Lerodea,  216 

Eumaeus,  genus,  147;  atala,  148;  minyas,  148 
Eunica,  genus,  104;  monima,  105 
Euphyes,  genus,  218;  metacomet,  218;  verna,  218 
Euploeinae,  Subfamily,  61,  62 
Euptqieta  claudia,  71 
eurydice,  Meganostoma,  179 
eurymedon,  Papilio,    191 
eury  theme,  Colias,  181 
eurytus,  Neonynapha,  129 
exilis,  Lycaena,    167 

232 


fabricii,  Grapta,  93 

faunus,  Grapta,  93 

favqnius,  Thecla,  150 

Feniseca,  genus,  159;  tarquinius,  34,  160 

feronia,  Ageronia,  123 

flora,  Chlorippe,  116 

fornax,  Ageronia,  123 

frisia,  Eresia,  90 

funeralis,  Thanaos,  207 

garita,  Oarisma,  209 

gemma,  Neonympha,  128 

genutia,  Euchloe,    176 

glaucus,  Papilio,  188 

Grapta,  genus,  20,  92;  comma,  93;  fabricii,  93;  faunus, 

93;  interrogationis,  93;  progne,  96;  silenus,  95 
grunus,  Thecla,  152 
Gyrocheilus,  genus,  133;  tritonia,  134 

halesus,  Thecla,  149 

harrisi,  Melitaea,  85 

hayhursti,  Pholisora,  204 

Heliconiinae,  Subfamily,  61,  67 

Heliconius  charithonius,  67 

helloides,  Chrysophanus,  162 

henrici,  Thecla,  157 

Hesperia,  genus,  202;  centaureae,  203;  tessellata,  202; 

xanthus,  203 

Hesperiidse,  Family,  22,  36,  58,  198 
Hesperiinae,  Subfamily,  199 
Heterocera,  Suborder,  12,  13 


heteronea,  Lycaena,  169 

hianna,  Lerema,  222 

hobomok,  Atrytone,  221 

horatius,  Thanaos,  207 

huntera,  Pyrameis,  100 

huron,  Atalopedes,  214 

hyantis,  Euchloe,   177 

Hylephila,  genus,  215;  phylasus,  215 

Hypanartia,  genus,  117;  lethe,  118 

Hypolimnas,  genus,  108;  misippus,  109 

hypophlaeus,   Chrysophanus,    161 

icelus,  Thanaos,  205 
idalia,  Argynnis,  73 
ilaire,  Tachyris,  171 
indra,  Papilio,  196 
inornata,  Coenonympha,  131 
Insecta,  Class,  59 
interrogationis,  Grapta,  93 
iole,  Nathalis,  175 
irus,  Thecla,  156 
isophthalma,  Lycaena,  167 
Ithomiinae,  Subfamily,  61,  64 

j -album,  Vanessa,  98 

janais,  Synchloe,  91 

jatrophse,  Anartia,  104 

jucunda,  Terias,  184 

julia,  Colaenis,  69 

Junonia,  genus,  102;  crania,  103 

jutta,  CEneis,  141 


233 


uvenahs,  Thanaos,  206 

karwinskii,  Smyrna,  118 

katahdin,  CEneis,  141 

keewaydin,  Olias,  181 

klugi,  Dircenna,  66 

Kricogonia,  genus,  178;  lyside,  178;  terissa,  178 

Iseta,  Thecla,  157 

leonardus,  Erynnis,  213 

Lepidoptera,  Order,  59 

Lerema,  genus,  222;  accius,  222;  hianna,  222 

Lerodea,  genus,  216;  eufala,  216 

lethe,  Hypanartia,  118 

leto,  Argynnis,  74 

libya,  Pholisora,  204 

Libythea,  genus,  143;  bachmani,  143 

Libytheinae,  Subfamily,  61,  142 

Limochores,  genus,  217;  palatka,  218;  pontiac,  217; 
thaumas,  217 

liparops,  Thecla,  154 

lisa,  Terias,  183 

lorquini,  Basilarchia,   113 

lucia,  Lycaena,  165 

lucilius,  Thanaos,  205 

Lycjena,  genus,  162;  acmon,  168;  ammon,  168;  amyri- 
tula,  166;  aster,  163;  comyntas,  166;  couperi, 
163;  exilis,  167;  heteronea,  169;  isophthalma,  167; 
lucia,  165;  lygdamus,  169;  marginata,  165;  marina, 
169;  melissa,  164;  neglecta,  165;  nigra,  165;  pseu- 
dargiolus,  165;  scudderi,  164;  theona,  167 


Lycaenidse,  Family,  16,  58,  147 
lycaste,  Ceratinia,  65 
lycidas,  Achalarus,  201 
lygdamus,  Lycaena,  169 
lyside,  Kricogonia,  178 

m-album,  Thecla,  149 

macglashani,  Melitaea,  84 

machaon,  Papilio,  195 

macouni,  CEneis,  142 

mandan,  Pamphila,  209 

manitoba,  Erynnis,  211 

marcellus,  Papilio,  187 

marcia,  Phyciodes,  87 

marginata,  Lycaena,  165 

marina,  Lycsena,  169 

martialis,  Thanaos,  207 

massasoit,  Poanes,  219 

meadi,  Satyrus,  138 

Meganostoma,  genus,  179;  caesonia,  179;  eurydice,  179 

Megathyminae,  Subfamily,  222 

Megathymus,  genus,  223;  yuccae,  223 

melinus,  Thecla,  151 

melissa,  Lycaena,  164 

Melitaea,  genus,  83;  chalcedon,  84;  dymas,  86;  harrisi.. 

85;  macglashani,  84;  perse,  85;  phaeton,  83 
metacomet,  Euphyes,  218 
metea,  Erynnis,  212 
mexicana,  Terias,  183 
milberti,  Vanessa,  98 
minyas,  Eumaeus,  148 


misippus,  Hypolimnas,   109 
monima,  Eunica,  105 
montinus,  Brenthis,  81 
monuste,  Pieris,  172 
Morphinae,  Subfamily,  60 
morrisoni,  Pyrrhanaea,  121 
myrina,  Brenthis,  81 
mystic,  Thymelicus,  214 

nais,  P9lystigma,  146 

napi,  Pieris,  173 

Nathalis,  genus,  175;  iole,  175 

neglecta,  Lycaena,  165 

Neominois,  genus,  134;  dionysius,  135;  ridingsi,  134 

Neonympha,  genus,   127;  eurytus,   129;  gemma,   128; 

phocion,  128;  rubricata,  130;  sosybius,  129 
nephele,  Satyrus,  137 
nicippe,  Terias,    182 
nigra,  Lycaena,  165 
niphon,  Thecla,  156 
numitor,  Ancyloxypha,  210 
nycteis,  Phyciodes,  87 
Nymphalidce,  Family,  15,  16,  36,  58,  59 
Nymphalinae,  Subfamily,  61,  68 

Oarisma,  genus,  209;  garita,  209;  powesheik,  210 
ochracea,  Ccenonympha,  131 
ocola,  Prenes,  216 
odius,  Aganisthos,  119 

JEneis,  genus,   140;  jutta,   141;  katahdin,   141;   mac- 
ouni,  142;  semidea,  141 


oleracea,  Pieris,  173 
otho,  Thymelicus,  213 

palamedes,  Papilio,  193 

palatka,  Limochores,  218 

pallida,  Pieris,  173 

palmeri,  Apodemia,  145 

Pamphila,  genus,  209;  mandan,  209 

Pamphilinae,  Subfamily,  208 

Papilio,  genus,  10,  20,  187;  ajax,  187;  aliaska,  195; 
asterias,  195;  asterius,  195;  brevicauda,  195;  cres- 
phontes,  192;  daunus,  191;  eurymedon,  191; 
glaucus,  188;  indra,  196;  machaon,  195;  marcel- 
lus,  187;  palamedes,  193;  philenor,  30,  36,  197; 
pilumnus,  192;  polydamas,  197;  polyxenes,  193' 
rutulus,  191;  troilus,  193;  turnus,  10,  188;  walsh  . 
187;  zelicaon,  196;  zolicaon,  197 

Papilionidae,  Family,  58,  170 

Papilioninae,  Subfamily,  186 

Paramecera,  genus,  139;  xicaque,  139 

Parnassiinae,  Subfamily,  185 

Parnassius,  genus,  20,  186;  smintheus,  186 

paulus,  Satyrus,  137 

peckius,  Polites,  215 

pegala,  Satyrus,  136 

perse,  Melitaea,  85 

petronius,  Thanaos,  206 

phaeton,  Melitaea,  83 

philendr,  Papilio,  30,  36,  197 

philodice,  Colias,  180 

phocion,  Neonympha,  128 


235 


Pholisora,  genus,  203;  alpheus,  204;  catullus,  203;  hay- 

hursti,  204:  libya,  204 

Phycanassa,  genus,  219;  aaroni,  220;  viator,  219 
Phyciodes,  genus,  86;  batesi,  88;  camillus,  88;  marcia, 

87;  nycteis,  87;  picta,  89;  pratensis,  88;  tharos,  87 
phylaeus,  Hylephila,  215 
picta,  Phyciodes,  89 
Pierinae,  Subfamily,  170 
Pieris,  genus,  171;  bryoniae,  173;  monuste,  172;  napi, 

173;  oleracea,   173;  pallida,   173;   protodice,   172; 

rapae,   173 

pilumnus,  Papilio,  192 
plexippus,  Anosia,  10,  20,  30,  36,  63 
Poanes,  genus,  219;  massasoit,  219 
pocphontas,  Atrytone,  221 
Polites,  genus,  215;  peckius,  215 
polydamas,  Papilio,   197 
Polystigma,  genus,  146;  nais,  146 
polyxenes,  Papilio,  193 
pontiac,  Limochores,  217 
portlandia,  Debis,  126 
powesheik,  Oarisma,  210 
pratensis,  Phyciodes,  88 
Prenes,  genus,  216;  ocola,  216 
procris,  Copoeodes,  211 
progne,  Grapta,  96 
proterpia,  Terias,  185 
proteus,  Eudamus,  200 
protodice,  Pieris,  172 
pseudargiolus,  Lycaena,  165 
pylades,  Thorybes,  201 


Pyrameis,  genus,  99;  atalanta,  100;  cardui,  102;  huntera- 

100 

Pyrrhanaea,  genus,  120;  andria,  121;  morrisoni,  121 
Pyrrhopyge,  genus,  199;  araxes,  199 
Pyrrhopyginae,  Subfamily,   199 

rapte,  Pieris,  173 
rhodope,  Argynnis,  80 
Rhopalocera,  Suborder,  12,  13 
ridingsi,  Neominois,  134 
rosa,  Euchloe,  177 


rubricata,  Neonympha,  130 
rutulus,  Papilio,  191 


samoset,  Amblyscirtes,  209 

sara,  Euchloe,  177 

sassacus,  Erynnis,  212 

Satyrinae,  Subfamily,  60,  61,  124 

Satyrodes,  genus,  126;  canthus,  127 

Satyrus,  genus,  135;  alope,  137;  charon,  138;  meadi, 

138;  nephele,  137;  paulus,  137;  pegala,  136;  sthen> 

ele,    139 

scudderi,  Lycasna,  164 
semidea,  (Eneis,  141 
silenus,  Grapta,  95 
simaethis,  Thecla,  155 
smintheus,  Parnassius,  186 
Smyrna,  genus,  20,  118;  karwinskii,  1J8 
sosybius,    Neonympha,    129 
steneles,   Victorina,   124 


-thenele,  Satyrus,  139 
Synchloe,  genus,  91;  janais,  91 

Tachyris,  genus,  171;  ilaire,  171 

tarquinius,  Feniseca,  34,  160 

Terias,  genus,  181;  delia,  183;  elathea,  183;  jucunda, 

184;  lisa,  183;  mexicana,  183;  nicippe,  182;  pro- 

terpia,  185 

lerissa,  Kricogonia,  178 
tessellata,  Hesperia,  202 
texana,  Eresia,  90 
textor,  Amblyscirtes,  209 
Thanaos,  genus,  205;  brizo,  205;  funeralis,  207;  horatius, 

207;  icelus,  205;  juvenalis,  206;  lucilius,  205;  mar- 

tialis,  207;  petronius,  206 
tharos,  Phyciodes,  87 
thaumas,  Limochores,  217 
Thecla,  genus,  20,  22,  148;  acadica,  153;  augustus,  155; 

autolycus,    151;   behri,   158;   calanus,   153;  clytie, 

159;  crysalus,   150;  damon,   154;  discoidalis,  155; 

dumetorum,    158;   edwardsi,    152;   favonius,    150; 

grunus,  152;  halesus,  149;  henrici,  157;  irus,  156; 

fata,   157;  liparops,   154;  m-album,  149;  melinus, 

151;  niphon,  156;  simaethis,  155;  titus,  158;  witt- 

feldi,  151 

theona,  Lycaena,  167 
thoe,  Chrysophanus,  161 

Thorybes,   genus,   201;   bathyllus,   201;   pylades,   201 
Thymelicus,   genus,   213;    brettus,   213;   mystic,   214; 

otho,  213 
Timetes,  genus,  107;  coresia,  108 


titus,  Thecla,  158 
tityrus,  Epargyreus,  200 
tritonia,  Gyrocheilus,  134 
troilus,  Papilio,  193 
turnus,  Papilio,  20,  188 

uncas,  Erynnis,  213 

Vanessa,  genus,  96;  antiopa,  97;  j -album,  98;  milberti, 

98 

vanilfa,  Dione,  70 
verna,  Euphyes,  218 
vialis,  Amblyscirtes,  208 
viator,  Phycanassa,  219 
Victorina,  genus,  123;  steneles,  124 
vitellius,  Atrytone,  220 

walshi,  Papilio,  187 
weidemeyeri,    Basilarchia,    112 
wittfeldi,  Thecla,  151 
wrighti,  Copoeodes,  211 

xanthoides,  Chrysophanus,  160 
xanthus,  Hesperia,  203 
xicaque,  Paramecera,  139 

yuccae,   Megathymus,  223 

zabulon,   Atrytone,   221 
zelicaon,  Papilio,  196 
zolicaon,  Papilio,  197 


237 


THE  COUNTRY  LIFE  PRESS 
GARDEN  CITY,  N.  Y. 


CQ   Z  >  I  >• 

c_i    02  I™  H  ^ 

£e<?D 


pa  ^  u 

i^  a  b 

5?2 


5  <  ^  S 

S Sgzzg 


•••, 


<D 

LO 


(XX 


Mi 


3 


I 


s 


